MIMO Rel-18

 RAN1#109-e

9.1       NR MIMO evolution for downlink and uplink

Please refer to RP-213598 for detailed scope of the WI.

 

R1-2203886        Work plan for Rel-18 Evolved MIMO       Samsung

9.1.1        Multi-TRP enhancement

9.1.1.1       Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP

Including extension for indication of multiple DL/UL TCI states, simultaneous multi-panel UL transmission, and power control for UL single DCI.

 

R1-2204367        Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        NTT DOCOMO, INC.

·        Proposal 2-1: Specify joint TCI state and separate UL/DL TCI state to support all of following Rel.16/17 M-TRP schemes:

o   Single/multi-DCI based M-TRP PDSCH NCJT in Rel.16

o   Single-DCI based M-TRP PDSCH repetition with SDM/FDM/TDM in Rel.16

o   M-TRP PDCCH/PUSCH/PUCCH repetition in Rel.17

o   M-TRP inter cell in Rel.17

o   SFN-PDCCH/PDSCH in Rel.17

o   M-TRP BFR in Rel.17

·        Proposal 2-2:

o   The number of “indicated TCI states” can be up to 2 to support Rel.16/17 M-TRP features.

§  If more than 2 TCI states are required in Rel.18, the number of “indicated TCI states” is also increased to support Rel.18 schemes.

o   Specify different signaling mechanism to support unified TCI framework for M-TRP for the following schemes:

§  Single-DCI based M-TRP (for ideal backhaul scenario):

·        One beam indication DCI can indicate up to two “indicated TCI states”.

§  Multi-DCI based M-TRP (for ideal/non-ideal backhaul scenario):

·        One beam indication DCI can indicate one “indicated TCI states” for a TRP.

·        Proposal 2-3: Strive to use one TCI state field (i.e. not adding second TCI state field).

o   Discuss whether to increase the max. number of bits for TCI state field in DCI format 1_1/1_2.

o   Consider RRC configurable size of TCI state field in DCI format 1_1.

·        Proposal 2-4: For unified TCI extension for single-DCI based multi-TRP,

o   For joint TCI state, one TCI codepoint corresponds to up to two joint TCI states.

o   For separate DL/UL TCI state, one TCI codepoint corresponds to up to two DL TCI states and/or up to two UL TCI states.

·        Proposal 2-5: For unified TCI extension for multi-DCI based multi-TRP, definition of CORESETPoolIndex = {0, 1} is reused.

·        Proposal 2-6: For unified TCI extension for multi-DCI based multi-TRP,

o   For joint TCI state, one DCI associated with CORESETPoolIndex = 0 indicates one joint TCI state (1st indicated TCI state), and the other DCI associated with CORESETPoolIndex = 1 indicates one joint TCI state (2nd indicated TCI state).

o   For separate TCI state, one DCI associated with CORESETPoolIndex = 0 indicates one DL TCI state and/or one UL TCI state (1st indicated TCI state), and the other DCI associated with CORESETPoolIndex = 1 indicates one DL TCI state and/or one UL TCI state (2nd indicated TCI state).

·        Proposal 2-7: For unified TCI extension for multi-DCI based multi-TRP, discuss whether to increase the max. number of RRC configured TCI states from Rel.17.

·        Proposal 3-1: The extension of unified TCI framework can be applied to simultaneous multi-panel PUSCH/PUCCH Tx schemes (if supported). Details can be discussed after the support of simultaneous multi-panel PUSCH/PUCCH transmission schemes is discussed and decided in agenda item 9.1.4.1.

·        Proposal 4-1: For M-TRP operation, with extension of unified TCI framework, per TRP power control can be supported by Rel-17 unified TCI power control framework, i.e., power control parameters are associated with each TCI state.

·        Proposal 4-2: For simultaneous multi-panel PUSCH/PUCCH Tx scheme (if supported), how to determine PCMAX for transmission from each panel can be further studied.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2204684         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        MediaTek Inc.

 

R1-2203061         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        FUTUREWEI

R1-2203149         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2203174         Discussion on Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP             CEWiT

R1-2203263         Enhancements on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        ZTE

R1-2203320         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2203378         On Extension of Unified TCI Framework     InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2203441         On unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP operation CATT

R1-2203541         Views on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP       vivo

R1-2203681         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              NEC

R1-2203723         Consideration on Unified TCI framework for multi-TRP          Sony

R1-2203793         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        xiaomi

R1-2203887         Views on unified TCI extension focusing on m-TRP  Samsung

R1-2203953         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        OPPO

R1-2204033         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Ericsson

R1-2204141         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP/panel            LG Electronics

R1-2204162         Discussion of unified TCI framework for multi-TRP  Lenovo

R1-2204229         Views on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP       Apple

R1-2204287         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              CMCC

R1-2204440         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              ITRI

R1-2204506         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Sharp

R1-2204538         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2204584         Enhancement on unified TCI framework for multi-TRP            Transsion Holdings

R1-2204678         Multi-TRP enhancements for the unified TCI framework         Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2204785         On Unified TCI framework for mTRP           Intel Corporation

R1-2204857         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        AT&T

R1-2205014         Extension of unified TCI framework for mTRP           Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2205071         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              FGI

R1-2205074         Considerations on unified TCI for mTRP      Fujitsu Limited

 

[109-e-R18-MIMO-01] – Darcy (MediaTek)

Email discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP by May 20

-        Check points: May 12, May 18, May 20

R1-2205225        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework for MTRP (Round 1)           Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From May 12th GTW session

Proposal 1.B-2:

On unified TCI framework extension, support up to 4 indicated TCI states in a CC/BWP for MTRP operation

          The indicated TCI states are updated by MAC-CE or DCI with the necessary MAC-CE based TCI state activation

          The UE can be provided with one of the following combinations of indicated TCI states for DL and/or UL MTRP operations in a CC/BWP:

-            1 indicated joint TCI state + 1 indicated joint TCI state

-            1 pair of indicated DL and UL TCI states + 1 pair of indicated DL and UL TCI states

-            1 pair of indicated DL and UL TCI states + 1 indicated DL TCI state

-            1 pair of indicated DL and UL TCI states + 1 indicated UL TCI state

-            FFS: 1 indicated joint TCI state + 1 pair of indicated DL and UL TCI states

-            FFS: 1 indicated joint TCI state + 1 indicated DL TCI state

-            FFS: 1 indicated joint TCI state + 1 indicated UL TCI state

          FFS: How to provide one of above combinations for a CC/BWP

          FFS: Details of update and activation for the indicated TCI states for S-DCI based MTRP

          FFS: Details of update and activation for the indicated TCI states for M-DCI based MTRP

          FFS: How to map/apply one or more indicated TCI states to a target channel(s)/signal(s)

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 14th,

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension, consider all the intra and inter-cell MTRP schemes specified in Rel-16 and Rel-17

·        Consider, if STxMP is supported, Rel-18 MTRP scheme(s) with STxMP

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension, if an indicated joint or UL TCI state applies to a PUSCH /PUCCH transmission occasion at least for S-DCI based PUSCH/PUCCH repetition with TDM and the indicated joint or UL TCI state is associated with an UL PC parameter setting for PUSCH /PUCCH (including P0, alpha for PUSCH , and closed loop index) and a PL-RS, the UE should apply the UL PC parameter setting and the PL-RS for the PUSCH /PUCCH transmission occasion.

·        FFS: How to extend to other Rel-18 MTRP scheme(s) with STxMP, if supported 

·        FFS: UL PC enhancement for CB and non-CB SRS in above case

FFS: The applied UL PC parameter setting if one or both indicated joint or UL TCI state(s) is not associated with an UL PC parameter setting (including P0, alpha for PUSCH, and closed loop index) for PUCCH/PUSCH

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th,

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension at least for single-DCI based MTRP, the existing TCI field in DCI format 1_1/1_2 (with or without DL assignment) can indicate multiple joint/DL/UL TCI states in a CC/BWP or a set of CCs/BWPs in a CC list

Note: The term TRP is used only for the purposes of discussions in RAN1 and whether/how to capture this is FFS

 

Agreement

On UE power limitation for STxMP for FR2, send LS to RAN4 to check the followings:

FFS: Detail of exact LS if agreed

Note: Scenarios of above include at least single carrier scenario for FR2

Note: Above power limitation includes both total radiated power and EIRP

LS to RAN4 (approved on May 24th, see below).

 

 

R1-2205314        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework for MTRP (Round 2)           Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From May 20th GTW session

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for M-DCI based MTRP, consider the following alternatives for TCI state update:

·        Alt1: Reuse the same TCI state update scheme for S-DCI based MTRP

·        Atl2: Use the existing TCI field in the DCI format 1_1/1_2 (with or without DL assignment) associated with one of CORESETPoolIndex values to indicate the joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) corresponding to the same CORESETPoolIndex value

·        Alt3: Use the existing TCI field in any DCI format 1_1/1_2 (with or without DL assignment) to indicate all joint/DL/UL TCI states corresponding to both CORESETPoolIndex values

o   Study the association between the indicated joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) and a CORESETPoolIndex value

·        Alt4: Use the existing TCI field in the DCI format 1_1/1_2 (with or without DL assignment) associated with one of CORESETPoolIndex values to indicate joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) corresponding to the same or different CORESETPoolIndex value.

o   Study whether the indicated joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) applies to the channels/signals associated with the same CORESETPoolIndex value or different CORESETPoolIndex value is indicated by DCI

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, consider at least the following alternatives to map/associate a joint/DL TCI state to PDCCH reception(s)

·        Atl1: Use RRC configuration to inform the mapping/association between a configured or indicated joint/DL TCI state and a CORESET or a CORESET group

·        Alt2: Use RRC configuration to inform the mapping/association between a configured or indicated joint/DL TCI state and a search space set

·        Alt3: Use MAC-CE to inform the mapping/association between an activated or indicated joint/DL TCI state and a CORESET or a CORESET group

·        Alt4: Use DCI to inform the mapping/association between an indicated joint/DL TCI state and a CORESET or a CORESET group

·        Alt5: Based on a fixed mapping/association rule, e.g., the first indicated joint/DL TCI state always applies to PDCCH receptions

Consider above alternatives for PDCCH repetition, PDCCH-SFN, PDCCH w/o repetition/SFN, and potential support of dynamic switching between S-TRP and M-TRP for PDCCH. It is not precluded to adopt one single alternative or multiple alternatives to support these cases.

 

R1-2205639        LS on UE power limitation for STxMP in FR2        RAN1, MediaTek

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 24th, the LS is approved.

9.1.1.2       Two TAs for multi-DCI

R1-2203062        Enhancements to support two TAs for multi-DCI  FUTUREWEI

·        Proposal 1: For UL multi-DCI for multi-TRP operation, support two TA offsets (e.g., TRP/panel-specific), and two UL TA reference timings (e.g., TRP-specific).

·        Proposal 2: For UL multi-DCI for multi-TRP operation, support to acquire and maintain Two TA values for multiple TRPs on the same carrier via PRACH enhancement and TA configuration enhancement.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2203150         Discussion on TA enhancement for UL M-TRP transmission   Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2203264         TA enhancement for multi-DCI       ZTE

R1-2203321         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based multi-TRP            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2203379         Discussion on Multiple TA for multi-TRP    InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2203442         On Two TAs for UL multi-DCI for multi-TRP operation          CATT

R1-2203542         Views on two TAs for multi-DCI-based multi-TRP operation  vivo

R1-2203682         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           NEC

R1-2203724         Considerations on two TAs for multi-DCI    Sony

R1-2203794         Discussion on two TAs for multi-TRP operation         xiaomi

R1-2203888         Views on two TAs for m-DCI          Samsung

R1-2203954         Two TAs for multi-DCI    OPPO

R1-2204034         Two TAs for multi-DCI    Ericsson

R1-2204142         Two TAs for multi-TRP/panel         LG Electronics

R1-2204163         Discussion of two TAs for multi-DCI UL transmission             Lenovo

R1-2204230         On two Timing Advances for multi-DCI Uplink transmissions Apple

R1-2204288         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           CMCC

R1-2204368         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2204507         Two TAs for multi-DCI    Sharp

R1-2204539         Two TAs for UL multi-DCI multi-TRP operation       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2204786         On two TAs for multi-DCI Intel Corporation

R1-2205015         Supporting two TAs for multi-DCI based mTRP         Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[109-e-R18-MIMO-02] – Siva (Ericsson)

Email discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI by May 20

-        Check points: May 12, May 18, May 20

R1-2205209        Moderator Summary #1 on Two TA enhancements for multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation   Moderator (Ericsson)

From May 12th GTW session

Agreement

Enhancement on two TAs for UL multi-DCI for multi-TRP operation is supported in Rel-18.

·        Note 1: whether (1) the network signals two TACs or (2) the network signals one TAC and the UE deriving the second TA can be further studied.

·        Note 2: evaluations can be considered on as-needed basis.

Agreement

For multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation, down-select one of the two alternatives:

·        Alt 1: configure two TAGs within a serving cell

·        Alt 2: consider two TAs within one TAG within a serving cell

Agreement

Support two TA enhancement for both intra-cell and inter-cell multi-DCI multi-TRP scenarios in Rel-18.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 15th,

Agreement

Enhancements on two TAs for UL multi-DCI for multi-TRP operation are applicable to both FR1 and FR2.

 

Agreement

For multi-DCI multi-TRP operation with two TAs, study the following alternatives:

·        Alt 1: two reference timings are considered

·        Alt 2: one reference timing is considered

Note: reference timing above is the timing of the DL reception

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 19th,

Agreement

For multi-DCI multi-TRP operation with two TAs, study the following alternatives further in Rel-18:

·           Alt 1: one n-TimingAdvanceOffset value per serving cell

·           Alt 2: two n-TimingAdvanceOffset value per serving cell

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th,

Conclusion

For multi-DCI multi-TRP operation with two TAs, the decision on the maximum uplink timing difference is left up to RAN4.

·        Send an LS to RAN4 asking them the maximum uplink timing difference RAN1 can assume between the two TAs for multi-DCI multi-TRP operation.

Agreement

Two TA enhancement for uplink multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation are applicable to at least:

·        TDM based multi-DCI uplink transmission

·        Simultaneous multi-DCI uplink transmission (if simultaneous uplink multi-DCI uplink transmission is supported in Agenda 9.1.4.1)

·        Note: Whether two TA enhancement is applicable to other schemes is a separate discussion, which is not in the scope of AI 9.1.1.2.

 

R1-2205592        [Draft] LS on maximum uplink timing difference for Multi-DCI Multi-TRP with two TAs      Ericsson

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th, the draft LS is endorsed. Approved in R1-2205593.

9.1.2        CSI enhancement

Including CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT (CJT).

 

R1-2204540        CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

Hereafter is a summary of proposals for CSI enhancement in high/medium velocities.

Proposal 1              Study the following CSI reporting enhancement schemes for medium/high speed UEs, based on:

·        Reporting of Doppler spread measured by a UE via TRS. The gNB uses the reported Doppler spread to adapt the CSI reporting period and CSI-RS period to a UE’s velocity.

·        Channel prediction at the UE. A UE predicts the channel at one or more future time slots from past CSI-RS measurements and reports one or more predicted PMIs in the same report. The study should include

o   Whether CSI-RS only or a combination of CSI-RS and TRS can be used for prediction

o           Assumption that PMIs in a report share the same  and  

o   CQI reporting based on multiple reported PMIs

·        Precoder prediction at the gNB. A UE reports multiple PMIs calculated from past CSI-RS measurements in one report. The study should include

o   CSI-RS configuration in time

o           Assumption that PMIs in a report share the same  and .  Compression of  in time by using orthogonal basis vectors

o   CQI reporting based on multiple reported PMIs

Proposal 2             For the study of CSI reporting enhancement schemes for medium/high speed UEs based on channel prediction at the UE, consider a case where a UE is configured to report 2 Rel-16 Type-II PMIs in the same CSI report corresponding to future time slots  and , where  is the slot in which the CSI report is received, and  where  is the CSI reporting period.

Proposal 3             For the study of CSI reporting enhancement schemes for medium/high speed UEs based on channel prediction at the UE, consider two alternatives for channel measurement:

·        Single CSI-RS occasion and TRS

·        Multiple CSI-RS occasions

Proposal 4             For the study of CSI reporting enhancement schemes for medium/high speed UEs based on channel prediction at the UE, consider a codebook refinement whereby two PMIs are reported in the same CSI report corresponding to precoders: , for

Proposal 5             For the study of CSI reporting enhancement schemes for medium/high speed UEs based on channel prediction at the UE, consider reporting a single CQI associated to the two PMIs at slot  and , calculated by assuming that the PDSCH transmission lasts  slots and that the PDSCH signal is precoded by  for the first  slots and by  for the second  slots.

Proposal 6             For the study of CSI reporting enhancement schemes for medium/high speed UEs based on precoder prediction at the gNB, consider a  compression scheme whereby  PMIs are reported in the same CSI report corresponding to precoders

, for

where  are the time slots of the latest  CSI-RS measurement occasions, and where  are the elements of an  compression matrix , with .

Proposal 7             For the study of UE’s reporting of time/Doppler information based on TRS measurements, consider the following use cases:

1.       in FDD, UE’s reporting of Doppler spread allows a gNB to adapt the periodicity of CSI reporting or CSI prediction times and the periodicity of CSI-RS to the channel coherence time

2.       in TDD, when full UL/DL channel reciprocity can be assumed, the gNB may use time-correlation or Doppler spectrum reported by a UE to predict the evolution in time of the channel measured from SRS and calculate precoding weights for the PDSCH/DMRS based on the predicted channel.

Proposal 8             For system level performance evaluation of CSI enhancement schemes for medium/high speed UEs, adopt the SLS assumptions from Rel-16 eType-II with the following modifications

Frequency Range

FR1 only, 2 GHz.

Scenario

Dense Urban (macro only)

Rural Macro (RMa)

Inter-site distance

200 m

1.7 Km

UE distribution

100% outdoor (30Km/h)

  100% outdoor (100Km/h)

Mobility model

Spatial consistency model - Procedure A from 38.901, Sec. 7.6.3.2

Evaluation Metric

Throughput adjusted by CSI-RS overhead versus CSI feedback overhead

Baseline for performance evaluation

Rel-16 Type II Codebook with 5ms CSI feedback periodicity and 4ms scheduling delay

 

Hereafter is a summary of proposals for CJT Type-II enhancement in FDD.

Proposal 9             For the study of Type-II support for CJT in FDD FR1, prioritise enhancement for Rel-16 Type-II regular CB and consider the following aspects

·        Modifications needed to the CSI Reporting Setting

·            Joint or separate determination of codebook components  for different TRPs

Proposal 10           For CJT Type-II reporting in FDD FR1, support the definition of  Port Groups in a CSI Resource Setting configuration, with , according to the following alternatives:

1.       In a Resource Set configured with a single CMR with  ports, a Port Group contains  ports

2.          In a Resource Set configured with  CMRs with  ports each, a Port Group contains the  ports of a CMR.

Proposal 11           For CJT Type-II reporting in FDD FR1 with  TRPs, assume that the total number of beams  in  is network configured. Study whether to support one or both alternatives:

1.          UE selects  beams per TRP

2.          UE selects  beams for TRP , with  and

Proposal 12           For CJT Type-II reporting in FDD FR1 with  TRPs, support UE’s joint selection of  FD basis components of  for all TRPs

Proposal 13           For CJT Type-II reporting in FDD FR1 with  TRPs, study ways to optimise the overlap between the strongest FD basis components of different TRPs, e.g., by introducing a cyclic shift (i.e., phase ramp) for each TRP with respect to a reference TRP.

Proposal 14           For CJT Type-II reporting in FDD FR1 with  TRPs, study ways to reduce the power imbalance between  coefficients of different TRPs, caused by different RSRPs, e.g., by reporting an additional reference amplitude, such as the reference amplitude of the stronger polarisation, for each TRP with respect to the TRP with the strongest coefficient.

Proposal 15           For system level performance evaluation of CSI enhancement schemes for CJT in FDD operations, adopt the SLS assumptions from Rel-16 eType-II with the following modifications

Parameters

Scenarios

A: Intra-site (Macro + RRH)

B: Inter-site (Macro-only)

Inter-site distances

1.7 km

200 m

Carrier frequencies

0.7 GHz

2 GHz, 4 GHz (optional)

Channel type

Rural (RMa)

Urban Macro (Uma)

Simulation bandwidth

10MHz

BS Transmit Power

Macro: 46 dBm

RRH: 46 dBm

Macro: 46 dBm

BS Height

Macro: 35 m

RRH: 35m

Macro: 25m

BS Antenna Configuration

4 ports: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng,N1,N2) = (8,2,2,1,1,1,2)

100 mechanical elevation tilt

16 ports: (M,N,P,Mg,Ng,N1,N2)  = (8,4,2,1,1,2,4)

100 mechanical elevation tilt

UE Distribution

100% outdoor

20% outdoor

UE Antenna Configuration

2 Rx: (M,N,P) = (1,1,2)

4 Rx: (M,N,P) = (1,2,2)

UE speed

3 kmph

Traffic Model

FTP Model 1: 20/50% target RU

Receiver

Non-ideal 2RX MMSE

Non-ideal 4RX MMSE

CJT Scheduling Set Size

Intra-sector: 4 TRPs (1 Macro + 3 RRHs)

Intra-site: 12 TRPs (3 Macros + 9 RRHs)

Intra-site: 3 TRPs

Inter-site: 6 or 9 TRPs

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2203151         CSI enhancement for coherent JT and mobility           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2203229         On CSI enhancements for Rel-18 NR MIMO evolution            Ericsson

R1-2203265         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       ZTE

R1-2203322         Discussion on CSI enhancement for coherent JT         Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2203380         Aspects of CSI Enhancements         InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2203443         On Rel-18 CSI enhancements          CATT

R1-2203543         Views on CSI enhancement for high-medium UE velocities and coherent JT       vivo

R1-2203683         Discussion on CSI enhancement     NEC

R1-2203725         Considerations on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT (CJT)     Sony

R1-2203795         Discussion on CSI enhancement     xiaomi

R1-2203890         Views on CSI enhancements           Samsung

R1-2203955         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         OPPO

R1-2204099         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       FUTUREWEI

R1-2204143         Potential CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         LG Electronics

R1-2204164         Discussion of CSI enhancement for high speed UE and coherent JT       Lenovo

R1-2204231         Views on Rel-18 MIMO CSI enhancement   Apple

R1-2204289         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and  CJT               CMCC

R1-2204369         Discussion on CSI enhancement     NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2204508         CSI enhancement Sharp

R1-2204679         CSI enhancements for medium UE velocities and coherent JT Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2204691         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         MediaTek Inc.

R1-2204748         Discussion on CSI Enhancements for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT               CEWiT

R1-2204787         On CSI enhancements       Intel Corporation

R1-2204858         CSI enhancement AT&T

R1-2205016         CSI enhancements for high-medium UE velocities and Coherent-JT      Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[109-e-R18-MIMO-03] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on CSI enhancement by May 20

-        Check points: May 12, May 18, May 20

R1-2203889        Moderator summary on Rel-18 CSI enhancements Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 12th,

Agreement

On Rel-18 CSI enhancement EVM for SLS, use what is captured in the excel spreadsheet in R1-2205289.

R1-2205289        EVM for Rel-18 MIMO CSI enhancements             Moderator (Samsung)

 

Agreement

On Rel-18 CSI enhancement EVM for LLS (only for TRS-based TDCP), companies can use the following simulation assumptions:

·        For mTRP 120kmph and over, use Rel-17 HST assumptions (cf. section 2.1 in R1-2007201)

·        For sTRP up to 120km/h:

Parameter

Value

Carrier frequency and subcarrier spacing

3.5 GHz with 30 kHz SCS

System bandwidth

20MHz, 100MHz

TRS bandwidth

20MHz, 100MHz

Channel model

Alt. 1: TDL channels with uncorrelated antenna elements with first priority on TDL-A

while the use of other TDL channels isn’t precluded

 

Alt. 2: CDL channels with first priority on CDL-A

while the use of other CDL channels isn’t precluded

Delay spread

10ns, 30ns, 100ns, 300ns, and 1000ns

UE velocity

3km/h, 10km/h, 20km/h, 30km/h, 60km/h, 120km/h

Antennas at UE

4RX: (1,2,2,1,1,1,2), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ for rank > 2

2RX: (1,1,2,1,1,1,1), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ for (rank 1,2)

For TRS based Doppler accuracy evaluations a single UE antenna may also be used

Other configurations are not precluded.

Antennas at gNB

32 ports: (8,8,2,1,1,2,8), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.8)λ

16 ports: (8,4,2,1,1,2,4), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.8)λ

For TRS based Doppler accuracy evaluations a single gNB port may also be used.

Other configurations are not precluded.

Link adaptation

For TRS based Doppler accuracy: Not applicable

For mode selection performance: Adaptation of both MCS and rank.

Evaluation metrics for measurement accuracies

RMS error, Standard deviation, Bias

Evaluation metric for Doppler based mode selection

User throughput

 

 

R1-2205288         Moderator Summary#2 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: ROUND 2           Moderator (Samsung)

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 12th,

Agreement

The work scope of Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP includes refinement of the following codebooks:

·       Rel-16 eType-II regular codebook

·        Rel-17 FeType-II port selection (PS) codebook

FFS: Whether to prioritize/down-select from the two

 

Agreement

The work scope of Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP includes the support of NTRP={1, 2, 3, 4} cooperating TRPs for CJT CSI report

·        FFS: Signaling of NTRP, e.g. higher-layer (RRC) vs. dynamic

·        FFS: Determination of NTRP, e.g. NW-configured vs UE-selected 

·        FFS: Whether to prioritize or only support NTRP={1, 2}

Agreement

The work scope of Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP includes the following NZP CSI-RS (CMR) setups in Resource Setting associated with Rel-18 Type-II codebook for CJT

·        Opt1: 1 NZP CSI-RS resource, max # ports = 32

o   FFS: whether/how to associate TCI states and CSI-RS ports

·        Opt2: K>1 NZP CSI-RS resources with the same number of ports (representing K TRPs)

o   FFS: The maximum number of ports per resource, and the total number of ports across all resources

FFS: Whether to prioritize/down-select from the two options

 

Agreement

The work scope of Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP includes down-selecting at least one or merging from the following codebook structures:

·        Alt1A. Per-TRP/TRP group (port-group or resource) SD/FD basis selection + relative co-phasing/amplitude (including WB and/or SB). Example formulation (N = number of TRPs or TRP groups):

o        = co-amplitude and

o        = co-phase

o     Including special case of  (no co-scaling) or

·        Alt1B. Per-TRP/TRP group (port-group or resource) joint SD-FD basis selection + relative co-phasing/amplitude (including WB and/or SB). Example formulation (N = number of TRPs or TRP groups):

o        = co-amplitude and

o        = co-phase

o     Including special case of  (no co-scaling) or

·        Alt2. Per-TRP/TRP group (port-group or resource) SD basis selection and joint (across N TRPs) FD basis selection. Example formulation (N = number of TRPs or TRP groups):

 

Agreement

The work scope of Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities includes refinement of the following codebooks, based on a common design framework:

·        Rel-16 eType-II regular codebook

·        Rel-17 FeType-II port selection (PS) codebook

FFS: Whether to prioritize/down-select from the two

 

Agreement

The work scope of Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities includes down selection from the following codebook structures (for discussion purposes):

·        Alt1. Time-domain basis,

o   Alt1A: Time-domain basis commonly selected for all SD/FD bases, e.g.  

o   Alt1B: Time-domain basis independently selected for different SD/FD bases

·        Alt2. Doppler-domain basis

o   Alt2A: Doppler-domain basis commonly selected for all SD/FD bases, e.g.

o   Alt2B: Doppler-domain basis independently selected for different SD/FD bases

o       Note that  may be the identity as a special case

·        Alt3. Reuse Rel-16/17 (F)eType-II codebook with multiple  and a single  and  report.

Agreement

The work scope of Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities includes down selection from the following Doppler-/time-domain basis waveforms for codebook design:

·        Alt1. Orthogonal DFT (with or without rotation factor)

·        Alt2. Oversampled DFT

·        Alt3. Other waveforms, e.g. DCT, Slepian

·        Alt4. Identity (i.e. no Doppler-/time-domain compression)

Agreement

The work scope of Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities includes the following CSI measurement and calculation aspects:

·        Potential refinement on Resource setting configuration on CSI-RS (for CSI and/or tracking) for measuring a burst of CSI-RS, including the applicable time-domain behaviors

·        Whether/how UE-side or gNB-side prediction is assumed for CQI/PMI/RI calculation

·        Potential enhancements on CQI definition and calculation procedure in relation to the PMI of Rel-18 Type-II codebook for high/medium velocities

·        Potential enhancement on definition of CSI reference resource

Agreement

The work scope of TRS-based TDCP reporting focuses on the following use cases for evaluation purposes:

·        Targeting medium and high UE speed, e.g. 10-120km/h as well as HST speed

·        Aiding gNB to determine

o   CSI reporting configuration and CSI-RS resource configuration parameters,

o   Precoding scheme, using one of the CSI feedback based precoding schemes or an UL-SRS reciprocity based precoding scheme

·        Aiding gNB-side CSI prediction

Agreement

The work scope of TRS-based TDCP reporting includes down selection from the following TDCP reporting formats:

·        Alt1. Stand-alone reporting (no inter-dependence with other CSI/UCI parameters)

o   Note: This doesn’t preclude multiplexing with other UCI parameters (e.g. CSI, ACK, SR, …) on PUCCH/PUSCH, if applicable

·        Alt2. Inter-dependent and reported with other CSI parameter(s)

Agreement

The work scope of TRS-based TDCP reporting includes down selection from the following TDCP parameters:

·        Alt1. Doppler shift

·        Alt2. Doppler spread

·        Alt3. Cross-correlation in time

·        Alt4A. Relative Doppler shift of a number of peaks in CIR

·        Alt4B. Relative Doppler shifts of different TRSs

·        Alt5: CSI-RS resource and/or CSI reporting setting configuration assistance

 

R1-2205362        Moderator Summary#3 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: ROUND 3    Moderator (Samsung)

From May 16th GTW session

Agreement

For Rel-18 CSI enhancements, proceed to support and specify the following features (the previously agreed work scopes apply):

·        Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP

·        Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium UE velocities exploiting time-domain correlation/Doppler-domain information

·        UE reporting of time-domain channel properties (TDCP) measured via CSI-RS for tracking

o   The use case of aiding gNB-side CSI prediction is to be confirmed in RAN1#110

 

R1-2205423        Moderator Summary#4 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: ROUND 4    Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: As per email thread posted on May 18th,

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, the resulting codebook(s) are associated with at least the following parameters:

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, further study the following issues:

·        The need for the following additional parameters:

o   Receiver side information by per RX reporting or per layer, e.g. information related to the left singular matrix U of the channel

o   Indication of relative offset of reference FD basis per TRP with respect to a reference TRP

o   Information related to the windows for FD basis

o   Delay/frequency difference(s) across TRPs

·        Specification entity corresponding to a TRP (e.g. port-group, NZP CSI-RS resource)

·        For codebooks with per-TRP/TRP-group SD/FD basis (structure Alt1A/1B), whether to support co-amplitude/phase as a part of CSI report (explicit) or not (implicit)

·        Design details of reference amplitudes and differential amplitudes in W2:

·        Whether/how supported parameter combinations are refined from Rel-16/17

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, down-select from the following TRP selection/determination schemes (where N is the number of cooperating TRPs assumed in PMI reporting):

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, for codebook structures with TD or DD basis (Alt1 or Alt2 from codebook structure agreement), the codebook(s) include at least the following additional codebook parameters:

·        Doppler-/time-domain (DD/TD) basis vector length

·        Parameters for DD/TD basis vector selection, including

o   The number of DD/TD basis vectors

o   If applicable, Basis selection indicator(s)

§  FFS: restrictions on the basis vector selection

o   If applicable, the total number of available DD/TD basis vectors (not needed for orthogonal DFT basis set), whether explicitly or implied from another parameter (e.g. oversampling factor)

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, further study the following issues:

·        The need for DD/TD (compression) unit (analogous to PMI sub-band for Rel-16 codebook)

 

Agreement

On potential refinement of Resource setting configuration associated with Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, study the following options to assess whether/how the legacy Resource setting configuration needs to be enhanced for “burst” measurement:

·        Periodic (P) CSI-RS: periodicity and offset

·        Semi-persistent (SP) CSI-RS: activation/deactivation, periodicity, and offset

·        Aperiodic (AP) CSI-RS: triggering, offset of a group of AP CSI-RS resources  

FFS: Support for K>1 NZP CSI-RS resources association with Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities

FFS: Whether specification support for jointly utilizing two types of CSI-RS time-domain behaviors is needed

 

Agreement

The TRS-based TDCP reporting is down selected from the following alternatives:

 

R1-2205470        Moderator Summary#5 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: ROUND 5    Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th,

Agreement

On the spatial-domain (SD) and frequency-domain (FD) basis design for the Rel-16 Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, down-select from the following alternatives:

·        Alt1 (separate, legacy DFT): SD basis and FD basis are separate, each fully reusing the legacy Rel-16 DFT-based design

·        Alt2 (joint, DFT): joint SD-FD DFT-based basis

o   FFS: Details on DFT parameters, e.g. length, oversampling (if any), rotation (if any)

·        Alt3 (joint, eigenvector): joint SD-FD eigenvector-based basis

o   FFS: eigenvector codebook design, parametrization

·        Alt4 (separate, eigenvector): SD basis and FD basis are separate, using eigenvector-based basis

o   FFS: eigenvector codebook design, parameterization

Agreement

On the W2 coefficient quantization scheme for the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP:

·        At least for N=2, reuse the following components of the legacy Rel-16/17 per-coefficient quantization scheme:

o   Alphabets for amplitude and phase

o   Quantization of phase and quantization of differential amplitude relative to a reference, reference amplitude (with SCI determining the location of one reference amplitude), where the reference is defined for each layer and each “group” of coefficients

·        Further study the following:

o   For larger N values, if supported, whether/how to improve throughput-overhead trade-off using, e.g. lower-resolution alphabets for amplitude and/or phase than legacy, or higher/same resolution alphabets but smaller number of coefficients than legacy

o   What constitutes a “group” (e.g. per polarization across TRPs/TRP-groups, per polarization per TRP/TRP-group, per TRP/TRP-group), the number of “groups” per layer for phase and amplitude (1 ≤Cgroup,phase ≤ N, 1 ≤ Cgroup,amp ≤ 2N), and how to indicate/configure “grouping”

Agreement

On the CSI reporting and measurement for the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, at least for discussion purposes, define the following:

·        Assume a CSI report in slot n, and let the length of the DD/TD basis vector be N4

o   Note that basis vector has no span/window in time-domain, only length

·        CSI-RS measurement window of [k,k+Wmeas –1], representing the window in which CSI-RS occasion(s) are measured for calculating a CSI report

o   k is a slot index and Wmeas is the measurement window length (in slots)

o   Note: In the legacy Rel-16/17 CSI, the CSI-RS occasion(s) are configured in CSI-ReportConfig

·        CSI reporting window of [l,l+WCSI –1], associated to the CSI report in slot n

o   l is a slot index and WCSI is the reporting window length (in slots)

·        CSI reference resource(s) in time-domain

o   The location of a CSI reference resource is denoted as nref (slot index)

 

Agreement

On the CSI reporting and measurement for the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, consider at least the following alternatives for potential down-selection:

·        Alt1: nref (CSI reference resource slot) as boundary

o   Alt1.A: l + WCSI –1 ≤ nref

o   Alt1.B: l nref

o   Alt1.C: l < nref and l + WCSI –1 > nref

·        Alt2: n (report slot) as boundary

o   Alt2.A: l + WCSI –1 ≤ n

o   Alt2.B: l n

o   Alt2.C: l < n and l + WCSI –1 > n

·        Alt3: End slot of Wmeas (k + Wmeas –1) as boundary

o   Alt3.A: l + WCSI –1 ≤ k + Wmeas –1 with the following as a special case: l=k, WCSI = Wmeas

o   Alt3.B: l k + Wmeas –1

o   Alt3.C: l < k + Wmeas –1 and l + WCSI –1 > k + Wmeas –1 with the following as special cases:

§  l=k, l + WCSI = n

§  l=k, l + WCSI > n

FFS: whether nref represents the slot index of Rel-15 CSI reference resource or a newly defined CSI reference resource.

FFS: whether/how the CSI measurement window and reporting window are configured.

9.1.3        Reference signal enhancement

9.1.3.1       Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports

Including increasing orthogonal DMRS ports for UL/DL MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO.

 

R1-2205112        Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports        Ericsson              (rev of R1-2203643)

·        Proposal 1: For a UE configured with Rel.18 DMRS, strive for a design that allows a dynamic (e.g. per slot) fall back to using legacy DMRS.

·        Proposal 2: In the new DMRS design, strive for maximizing simultaneous MU-MIMO scheduling of legacy and Rel.18 UEs.

·        Proposal 3:Strive to at least have the same fundamental Rel.18 DMRS design (i.e. as described in 38.211) for DL and UL for a given DMRS Type

·        Proposal 4: Study the use of TD-OCC (Option C) on top of the single symbol DMRS enhancements (Option A and B), to provide an alternative to the channel estimator of separating DM-RS ports in the time domain instead of the frequency domain if delay spread is excessive.

·        Proposal 5: Study solutions and options for Rel.18 DMRS options that creates an issue with Orphan REs, i.e., when the edge of the scheduling bandwidth result in use of fractional length FD-OCC code.

·        Proposal 6: Study antenna port tables and PTRS to DMRS port mapping to support 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2203063         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              FUTUREWEI

R1-2203152         Enhancements on DMRS in Rel-18 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2203266         DMRS enhancement for UL/DL MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO   ZTE

R1-2203323         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2203381         High Capacity DMRS        InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2203403         Discussions on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports   New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.

R1-2203444         On increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports        CATT

R1-2203544         Views on DMRS enhancements      vivo

R1-2203684         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    NEC

R1-2205159         Discussion on DMRS enhancement xiaomi   (rev of R1-2203796)

R1-2203891         Views on DMRS enhancements      Samsung

R1-2203956         DMRS enhancement for Rel-18 MIMO         OPPO

R1-2204144         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              LG Electronics

R1-2204165         Discussion of increased number of orthogonal  DMRS ports    Lenovo

R1-2204232         Views on supporting increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports        Apple

R1-2204290         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    CMCC

R1-2204370         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2204509         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              Sharp

R1-2204541         Rel-18 UL and DL DMRS Enhancements     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2204677         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2204693         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              MediaTek Inc.

R1-2204788         Discussion on DMRS enhancement Intel Corporation

R1-2205017         Design for increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports          Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[109-e-R18-MIMO-04] – Yuki (NTT DOCOMO)

Email discussion on increased number orthogonal DMRS ports by May 20

-        Check points: May 13, May 20

R1-2205208        FL summary on DMRS   Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 13th,

Agreement

·        LLS is used for objective #3 (increasing DMRS ports for MU-MIMO) in Rel.18 MIMO, while SLS can be used optionally.

Agreement

·        No EVM discussion is needed for objective #5 (>4 layers PUSCH DMRS) in AI 9.1.3.1 (DMRS) in Rel.18.

Agreement

·        LLS for increasing DMRS ports in AI 9.1.3.1 in Rel.18:

o   Evaluated channel: PDSCH as baseline (Companies can additionally submit evaluation results of PUSCH).

o   Evaluation metric:

§  BLER for fixed MCS and rank as baseline

§  User throughput for adaptive MCS and rank as optional

§  MSE or NMSE of DMRS as optional

o   Evaluation baseline (i.e. compared with):

§  For evaluation of enhanced single-symbol DMRS, baseline refers to Rel.15 single-symbol DMRS or Rel.15 double-symbol DMRS.

§  For evaluation of enhanced double-symbol DMRS, baseline refers to Rel.15 double-symbol DMRS.

Agreement

·        Following evaluation assumptions are used for LLS for increasing DMRS ports in AI 9.1.3.1 in Rel.18.

Parameter

Value

Duplex, Waveform 

TDD, OFDM 

Note: FDD, OFDM is not precluded 

Carrier Frequency 

4 GHz 

Subcarrier spacing  

30kHz 

Channel Model 

CDL-B or CDL-C in TR 38.901 with 30ns or 300ns delay spread as baseline for MU-MIMO and SU-MIMO 

Note: Other delay spread is not precluded.  

Note: Simulation using TDL-A with 30ns or 300ns for MU-MIMO is not precluded.  

Delay spread 

Baseline: 30ns, 300ns 

Optional: 1000ns 

UE velocity 

Baseline: 3km/h, 30km/h 

Optional: 60km/h, 120km/h 

Allocation bandwidth 

20MHz 

Note: Other bandwidth smaller than 20MHz is not precluded 

MIMO scheme 

Baseline: MU-MIMO 

Optional: SU-MIMO 

BS antenna configuration 

Companies can select and need to report which option(s) are used between 

- 32 ports: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng, Mp, Np) = (8,8,2,1,1,2,8), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.8)λ 

- 16 ports: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng, Mp, Np) = (8,4,2,1,1,2,4), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.8)λ 

Other configurations are not precluded. 

UE antenna configuration 

Companies can select and need to report which option(s) are used between 

4RX: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng, Mp, Np) = (1,2,2,1,1,1,2), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ for rank > 2 

2RX: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng, Mp, Np) = (1,1,2,1,1,1,1), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ for (rank 1,2) 

Other configuration is not precluded. 

MIMO Rank 

1, 2, or 4 per UE (rank fixed or rank adaptation) 

UE number for MU-MIMO 

1, 2, 4, 8, or 12 

Precoding and precoding granularity 

For PDSCH: Companies can select and need to report which option(s) are used between 

·        [ZF or SVD] based sub-band precoding (with 4PRB precoding granularity) on ideal channel knowledge 

·        CSI codebook based sub-band precoding (with 4PRB precoding granularity) on ideal CSI feedback. 

For PUSCH: Companies can select and need to report which option(s) are used between 

·        [ZF or SVD] based wide-band precoding on ideal channel knowledge 

·        Codebook based wide-band precoding on ideal CSI feedback. 

Feedback delay for precoding 

5ms 

DMRS type 

Type 1E and/or Type 2E, which are enhanced DMRS that are based on the legacy RE mappings of DMRS Type 1/2, where the enhanced DMRS support larger DMRS ports. 

Note: The terminology of Type 1E and/or Type 2E is for discussion purpose. 

DMRS configurations 

Baseline:  

·        Single symbol DMRS without additional DMRS symbols and 1 additional DMRS symbol 

·        Double symbol DMRS without additional DMRS symbols. 

Note: evaluation of other additional DMRS symbol(s) are not precluded. 

DMRS mapping type 

Mapping type A (slot based) for PDSCH. 

Mapping type A (slot based) for PUSCH. 

Link adaptation 

·        Fixed modulation, coding and rank for BLER evaluation as baseline. 

·        Adaptation of both MCS and rank for throughput evaluation as optional.  

HARQ 

Baseline: Off 

Optional: On (HARQ with max. 4 re-transmissions) for throughput evaluation 

Channel estimation 

Realistic channel estimation with ideal info of frequency sync, SNR, doppler and delay spread 

Receiver type 

MMSE as baseline 

EVM 

No radio impairments  

 

Agreement

·        For SLS assumption for increasing DMRS ports in AI 9.1.3.1 in Rel.18,

o   Scenario: Dense Urban (Macro only) at 4GHz is a baseline. Other scenarios (e.g. Umi, Uma) are not precluded.

o   Following evaluation assumptions are used for SLS.

Parameter 

Value 

Scenario 

Dense Urban (macro only) 

Carrier frequency 

4GHz 

Duplex, Waveform  

TDD, OFDM 

Note: FDD, OFDM is not precluded 

Multiple access  

OFDMA  

Frequency Range 

FR1 only. 

Inter-BS distance 

200 m  

Channel model 

According to the TR 38.901  

Antenna setup and port layouts at gNB 

Companies need to report which option(s) are used between 

·        32 ports: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng, Mp, Np) = (8,8,2,1,1,2,8), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.8)λ  

·        16 ports: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng, Mp, Np) = (8,4,2,1,1,2,4), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.8)λ 

Other configurations are not precluded. 

Antenna setup and port layouts at UE 

4RX: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng, Mp, Np) = (1,2,2,1,1,1,2), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ for rank > 2 

2RX: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng, Mp, Np) = (1,1,2,1,1,1,1), (dH,dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ for (rank 1,2)  

Other configurations are not precluded. 

BS Tx power  

41 dBm for 10MHz, 44dBm for 20MHz, 47dBm for 40MHz 

BS antenna height  

25 m  

BS noise figure 

5 dB 

UE noise figure 

9 dB 

UE antenna height & gain 

Follow TR36.873  

Modulation  

Up to 256 QAM 

Coding on PDSCH 

LDPC 

Max code-block size=8448bit 

Numerology 

Slot/non-slot  

14 OFDM symbols per slot 

SCS  

30 kHz  

Simulation bandwidth  

20 MHz 

Number of RBs 

52 for 30 kHz SCS 

Frame structure  

Slot Format 0 (all downlink) for all slots 

MIMO scheme 

SU/MU-MIMO with rank adaptation is a baseline  

For low RU, SU-MIMO or SU/MU-MIMO with rank adaptation are assumed  

For medium/high RU, SU/MU-MIMO with rank adaptation is assumed 

MIMO layers 

For all evaluation, companies to provide the assumption on the maximum MU layers (e.g. 8 or 12) 

CSI feedback 

Feedback assumption at least for baseline scheme 

CSI feedback periodicity (full CSI feedback): 5 ms,  

Scheduling delay (from CSI feedback to time to apply in scheduling): 4 ms 

Overhead 

Companies shall provide the downlink overhead assumption 

Traffic model 

Baseline: FTP1 with 50% Resource Utilization 

Optional: Full buffer 

UE distribution 

[80%] indoor (3km/h),  

[20%] outdoor (30km/h) 

UE receiver 

MMSE-IRC as the baseline receiver 

Feedback assumption   

Realistic 

Channel estimation      

Realistic 

 

Agreement

·        Specify to increase the max. number of DMRS ports for PDSCH/PUSCH larger than Rel.15 for CP-OFDM without increasing the DMRS overhead.

o   Strive to have common design of DMRS enhancement for PDSCH and PUSCH for a given DMRS Type.

Agreement

·        The maximum number of enhanced DMRS ports in Rel.18 is doubled from Rel.15 DMRS ports:

o   For DMRS type 1, the max. number of enhanced DMRS ports in Rel.18 for PDSCH/PUSCH is

§  Single symbol DMRS: 8 DMRS ports.

§  Double symbol DMRS: 16 DMRS ports.

o   For DMRS type 2, the max. number of enhanced DMRS ports in Rel.18 for PDSCH/PUSCH is

§  Single symbol DMRS: 12 DMRS ports.

§  Double symbol DMRS: 24 DMRS ports.

Agreement

·        To increase the number of DMRS ports for PDSCH/PUSCH, evaluate and, if needed, specify one or more from the following options:

o   Opt.1 (enhance FD-OCC): Introduce larger FD-OCC length than Rel.15 (e.g. 4 or 6).

§  Study aspect includes potential performance degradation in large delay spread, potential scheduling restriction, backward compatibility.

o   Opt.2 (enhance TD-OCC): Utilize TD-OCC over non-contiguous DMRS symbols (e.g. TD-OCC across front/additional DMRS symbols)

§  Study aspect includes potential performance degradation in high UE velocity, potential scheduling restriction (e.g. how to apply freq. hopping), potential DMRS configuration restriction (e.g. restriction of the number of additional DMRS), backward compatibility.

o   Opt.3 (Sparser frequency allocation): increase the number of CDM groups (e.g. larger number of comb/FDM).

§  Study aspect includes potential performance degradation in large delay spread, backward compatibility.

o   Opt.4 (using TDMed DMRS symbol): reusing additional DMRS symbols to increase orthogonal DMRS ports

§  Study aspect includes potential performance degradation in high UE velocity, potential DMRS configuration restriction (e.g. restriction of the number of additional DMRS), backward compatibility. 

o   Opt.5 TD-OCC over non-contiguous DMRS symbols combined with FD-OCC or FDM: reusing additional DMRS symbol(s) to improve channel estimation performance.

§  Study aspect includes potential performance degradation in high UE velocity, potential scheduling restriction (e.g. how to apply freq. hopping), potential DMRS configuration restriction (e.g. restriction of the number of additional DMRS), backward compatibility.

o   The same option can be applied to both single symbol DMRS and double symbol DMRS.

Agreement

·        To increase the max. number of DMRS ports for PDSCH/PUSCH compared to Rel.15 DMRS for CP-OFDM without increasing the DMRS overhead,

o   Study whether/how to enable MU-MIMO between Rel.15 DMRS ports and Rel.18 DMRS ports, as well as whether/how to enable MU-MIMO among Rel.18 DMRS ports, in the same or different CDM group.

 

R1-2205260        FL summary on DMRS #2             Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From May 16th GTW session

FL proposal#2-1-6a (pre-coding assumption of interference of co-schedules UEs):

For MU-MIMO LLS of PDSCH, the pre-coding assumption of interference of co-schedules UEs is

·        Alt.1: calculated by pre-coder of channel of each co-scheduled UE.

·        Alt.2: random pre-coder.

·        Alt.3: the same pre-coder as scheduled UE.

Companies to report which alternative they are using.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 19th,

Agreement

·        For LLS assumptions for increasing DMRS ports in AI 9.1.3.1 in Rel.18:

o   Precoding assumption of PUSCH, “[ZF or SVD]” in RAN1#109e agreement is updated by

§  Alt.2-2: SVD

Agreement

·        To increase the max. number of orthogonal DMRS ports for PDSCH/PUSCH larger than Rel.15

o   Study whether/how to support DCI-based dynamic antenna ports indication of Rel.18 DMRS ports and/or Rel.15 DMRS ports.

o   Study whether/how to reuse the antenna port indication table in 38.212 as much as possible for both PDSCH and PUSCH

o   Study the potential need for MU scheduling restrictions in the design of the enhanced antenna port indication table in 38.212 for DL PDSCH.

Agreement

·        Study the following potential DMRS enhancement for potential support of more than 4 layers SU-MIMO PUSCH. 

o   Extend DMRS port allocation table for rank 5~8 

§  Note: DL DMRS table can be a reference 

o   Enhancement for DMRS to PTRS mapping  

·        Study whether to utilize Rel.18 DMRS ports for more than 4 layers SU-MIMO PUSCH. 

·        Note: the above study does not imply more than 4 layers SU-MIMO PUSCH is supported. 

·        Note: other study for potential DMRS enhancement for potential support of more than 4 layers SU-MIMO PUSCH is not precluded. 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th,

Agreement

For LLS assumptions for increasing DMRS ports in AI 9.1.3.1 in Rel.18: 

·        Precoding assumption of PDSCH, “[ZF or SVD]” in RAN1#109e agreement is updated by SVD. 

Agreement

·        For MU-MIMO LLS of PDSCH, for evaluation of SVD/CSI-codebook based sub-band precoding, companies shall report the pre-coding assumption of interference of co-scheduled UEs from the following: 

o   Alt.1: calculated by pre-coder of channel of each co-scheduled UE. 

·        For precoding assumption of PDSCH, precoder of target UE and precoder of co-scheduled UE are generated independently.

·        Companies can report a set of azimuth and zenith angle offset used for evaluation (For example, azimuth angle offsets from [30 o, 60 o, 90 o] and zenith angle offset from [3o, 6o] can be considered).

o   Alt.2: calculated by random pre-coder (i.e. precoder selected randomly from a predefined set of precoders) which is different from the pre-coder of target UE. 

§  For precoding assumption of PDSCH, only the channel of one target UE, i.e. Hd, needs to be modelled. Precoder is generated based on Hd to obtain the precoder for this UE only. The interference from co-scheduled UEs can be modelled as, , wherein Wi can be randomly selected from a predefined set of precoders

·        Companies shall report how to generate the predefined set of precoders for simulation.

·        Alt.3: the same pre-coder as scheduled UE.

·        PDSCH interference and interfering DMRS ports are emulated using the same pre-coder as for the scheduled UE.

·        Power offset of the co-scheduled UE is one value from {0dB, -3dB, -6dB} as fixed evaluation parameter. Other values are not precluded.

·        For precoding assumption of PDSCH, only the channel of one target UE, i.e. Hd, needs to be modelled. Precoder for the target UE (denoted as Wdis generated based on Hd only. Denote the precoding matrix/vector of the ith co-scheduled UEs as Wi, and Wi=Wd (Wi for all th co-scheduled UEs are same). Then the interference from co-scheduled UEs can be modelled as .

·        For the above Alt.1-3, only PDSCH performance of the target UE is evaluated, while interference of both PDSCH and DMRS of co-scheduled UE(s) is simulated.

 

Final summary in R1-2205424.

9.1.3.2       SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation

R1-2203153        SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8 TX operation in Rel-18         Huawei, HiSilicon

·        Proposal 1: Support SRS enhancement to manage inter-TRP cross-SRS interference for CJT.

·        Proposal 2: Interference randomization enhancement should be supported in R18, e.g., CS hopping.

·        Proposal 3: SRS capacity enhancement should be supported in R18, e.g., capacity enhancement in spatial domain.

·        Proposal 4: Distributing SRS ports in multiple OFDM symbols should be considered for 8-port SRS resource design for better performance of SRS channel estimation.

·        Proposal 5: Multiple SRS pattern should be considered for 8-port SRS resource design.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2203066         SRS enhancements for TDD CJT and 8TX operation FUTUREWEI

R1-2203230         On SRS enhancements targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation              Ericsson

R1-2203267         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       ZTE

R1-2203324         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2203382         Enhanced SRS Operation  InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2203445         On SRS enhancement        CATT

R1-2203545         Views on SRS enhancement            vivo

R1-2203685         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2203707         Views on SRS enhancement targeting 8 TX operation KDDI Corporation

R1-2203797         Discussion on SRS enhancements   xiaomi

R1-2203892         Views on SRS enhancements          Samsung

R1-2203957         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       OPPO

R1-2204145         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       LG Electronics

R1-2204166         Discussion of SRS enhancement     Lenovo

R1-2204233         Views on Rel-18 MIMO SRS enhancement  Apple

R1-2204291         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               CMCC

R1-2204371         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2204510         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       Sharp

R1-2204542         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8Tx operation    Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2204749         Discussion on SRS Enhancements for 8Tx Operation CEWiT

R1-2204789         Discussion on SRS enhancement in Rel-18   Intel Corporation

R1-2205018         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8 Tx operation   Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[109-e-R18-MIMO-05] – Jialing (Futurewei)

Email discussion on SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8 TX by May 20

-        Check points: May 13, May 20

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 14th,

Agreement

For SRS EVM, adopt combined relevant parts from Rel-17 SRS EVM and Rel-18 FDD CJT EVM as starting point

·        Details are provided in Appendix 3 of R1-2205391 for system-level simulations

·        Details are provided in Appendix 4 of R1-2205391 for link-level simulations.

 

Agreement

For 8 Tx SRS, a starting point of UE antenna configurations can be:

·        (M, N, P; Mg,Ng; Mp, Np) = (2,2,2; 1,1; 2,2), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ, or

·        (M, N, P; Mg,Ng; Mp, Np) = (1,4,2; 1,1; 1,4), (dH, dV) = (0.5, 0.5)λ.

·        FFS other 8 Tx UE antenna configuration and alignment with outcomes from other agenda items.

 

R1-2205391        FL Summary #3 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From May 16th GTW session

Proposal 3.2.1-1

Study at least the following for SRS enhancement to manage inter-TRP cross-SRS interference targeting TDD CJT via SRS interference randomization

·        Randomized frequency-domain resource mapping for SRS transmission

o   Including further enhancements to frequency hopping, comb hopping, new frequency-domain resource allocation based on network-provided parameters (this does not change the WI scope)

o   Including introducing new resource mapping not supported in Rel-17

·        Randomized code-domain resource mapping for SRS transmission

o   Including cyclic shift hopping/randomization, sequence hopping/randomization, new code-domain parameter mapping based on system parameters

o   Including introducing new resource mapping not supported in Rel-17

·        Randomized transmission of SRS

o   Including pseudo-random muting of SRS transmission for periodic SRS

·        Per-TRP power control

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 18th,

Agreement

·        Study the potential enhancements for SRS of 8T8R with usage antennaSwitching.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 19th,

Agreement

Study the potential enhancements for SRS for 8 Tx operation

·        SRS resource(s) with 8 ports are configured for codebook-based PUSCH

·        Up to 8 single-port SRS resources are configured for non-codebook-based PUSCH

Agreement

Study the following for SRS enhancement to manage inter-TRP cross-SRS interference targeting TDD CJT via SRS interference randomization and/or capacity enhancement

Note: PAPR performance and maintaining DFT waveform property should be considered when deciding the enhancement for Rel-18.

 

Agreement

Consider the scenario where there exists SRSs sent by a UE and utilized by multiple TRPs for channel estimation, and the pathlosses between the UE and the TRPs differ by at least x dB in Rel-18 SRS study

·        x can be {3,6,10}, and other values can be used.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th,

Agreement

For SRS enhancements to enable 8 Tx UL operation to support 4 and more layers per UE in UL targeting CPE/FWA/vehicle/Industrial devices, study aspects include, for SRS for CB/NCB/AS,

·        Design parameters, including the maximum number of SRS resource sets, number of SRS resource sets, number of SRS resources, number of ports per resource, number of OFDM symbols, the allowed configurations for comb / comb shifts / cyclic shifts, number of simultaneous ports / resources / resource sets per OFDM symbol

·        For the next decision point, study

o   Whether to support 8 ports in one or multiple resources 

o   Whether to support 8 ports in one or multiple OFDM symbols

o   The maximum number of SRS resource sets.

·        Note: For SRS for NCB, number of ports per SRS resource is still 1 (same as R15)

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 21st,

Agreement

For SRS EVM, consider additional EVM as follows

·        Realistic channel estimation based on sequence generation for SRS modelling, at least for TDD CJT SRS LLS and 8 Tx SRS LLS as baseline

·        Evaluation metrics for 8 Tx SRS LLS can be MSE , BLER or throughput

·        TDL-C for TDD CJT SRS LLS can be included as optional.

 

Final summary in R1-2205425.

9.1.4        Enhanced uplink transmission

9.1.4.1       UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission

R1-2205019        Simultaneous multi-panel transmission     Qualcomm Incorporated

Proposal 1: For single-DCI based simultaneous multi-panel UL transmission, the primary focus should be on SDM / FDM schemes for PUSCH.

·        Further study FDM scheme for PUCCH and SFN schemes for PUSCH/PUCCH.

·        For the agreed schemes, both DG-PUSCH and CG-PUSCH should be supported.

Proposal 2: For single-DCI based PUSCH SDM scheme, support the following

·        Rank combinations 1+1, 1+2, 2+1, and 2+2 similar to Rel-16 SDM PDSCH scheme

·        Two SRS resource sets for codebook based or non-codebook based PUSCH, and SRS resource set indicator in the DCI similar to Rel-17 TDM mTRP PUSCH repetition

o   Two SRI fields in the DCI

o   Two TPMI fields in the DCI (for codebook-based UL)

Proposal 3: For signalling aspects of the single-DCI based PUSCH SDM scheme, identify the differences compared to Rel-16 SDM PDSCH scheme and/or Rel-17 TDM mTRP PUSCH repetition with respect to the following:

·        Mapping DMRS ports to the two beams / TRPs / SRS resource sets.

·        Details of SRI / TPMI signalling in the DCI by two SRI fields / TPMI fields.

Proposal 4: For single-DCI based FDM PUSCH scheme, consider single RV (joint rate matching) and two RVs (repetition).

·        Support two SRS resource sets for codebook based and non-codebook based PUSCH, and reuse Rel-17 mTRP PUSCH repetition signalling for SRI/ TPMI indication and PTRS-DMRS association.

Proposal 5: For simultaneous PUSCH+PUSCH transmission in a same CC with multi-DCI based framework, support DG-PUSCH+DG-PUSCH, CG-PUSCH+CG-PUSCH, and DG-PUSCH+CG-PUSCH.

·        The two PUSCHs that are at least partially overlapping in time domain are associated with different coresetPoolIndex values.

·        For CG-PUSCH, the association with coresetPoolIndex value is determined based on

o   Type 1 CG: RRC configuration per ConfiguredGrantConfig

o   Type 2 CG: coresetPoolIndex value associated with the activation DCI

Proposal 6: For simultaneous PUSCH+PUSCH or PUCCH+PUCCH in the same CC, study different overlap types in time and frequency domain taking into account UE implementations and RF considerations.

Proposal 7: For multi-DCI based PUSCH operation, support two SRS resource sets, where the first SRS resource set is associated with coresetPoolIndex value 0, and the second SRS resource set is associated with coresetPoolIndex value 1.

·        The interpretation of the SRI/TPMI field of the DCI is based on the coresetPoolIndex value of the CORESET in which the DCI is received.

Proposal 8: For simultaneous PUCCH+PUCCH transmission in multi-DCI based multi-TRP, study the impact on UCI multiplexing rules such as performing per coresetPoolIndex value UCI multiplexing.

Proposal 9: Study how to define the maximum output power per CC and across CCs in a given FR (i.e., PCMAX,f,c and PCMAX) for simultaneous multi-panel UL transmission. The starting point should be separate and per-panel maximum output power limit.

Proposal 10: Study PHR triggering and reporting for simultaneous multi-panel UL transmission:

·        Joint PHR triggering and reporting should be considered for single-DCI based multi-TRP operation.

·        Separate PHR triggering and reporting can be considered for multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation.

Proposal 11: For SLS simulation assumptions, support Table 1 as baseline.

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2203154         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2203268         Enhancements on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission              ZTE

R1-2203325         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2203383         Precoding for Uplink Multi-panel   InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2203446         On UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission         CATT

R1-2203546         Views on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission             vivo

R1-2203686         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     NEC

R1-2203726         Considerations on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission               Sony

R1-2203798         Enhancements on multi-panel uplink transmission      xiaomi

R1-2203893         Views on UL precoding indication for STxMP            Samsung

R1-2203958         Transmission scheme and UL precoding indicaton for multi-panel transmission               OPPO

R1-2204146         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission LG Electronics

R1-2204167         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Lenovo

R1-2204234         Views on UL precoding indication for multi-panel simultanous PUSCH transmissions       Apple

R1-2204292         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     CMCC

R1-2204372         Discussion on multi-panel transmission        NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2204511         Views on UL multi-panel transmission         Sharp

R1-2204543         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2204685         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission MediaTek Inc.

R1-2204790         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Intel Corporation

R1-2204875         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Ericsson

 

//This one is to use NWM – please use RAN1-109-e-NWM-R18-MIMO-06 as the document name

[109-e-R18-MIMO-06] – Li (OPPO)

Email discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission by May 20

-        Check points: May 13, May 20

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 16th,

Agreement

For STxMP PUSCH in single-DCI based mTRP system, study and evaluate the following schemes for PUSCH:

Note: Companies are encouraged to evaluate the different schemes for possible down-selection in RAN1#110.

Note: other schemes are not precluded

 

 

R1-2205407        Summary on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Moderator (OPPO)

From May 18th GTW session

Agreement

For the EVM of STxMP of Rel-18

·        Reuse the SLS assumption of BM/Multi-panel UE in R1-2007151 with necessary update, as shown in Table A1

·        Reuse the LLS assumption of Rel-17 mTRP UL repetition transmission with necessary update, as shown in Table A2

·        Note: company can evaluate FR1 and explain the details of EVM assumptions for that

 

Table A1: SLS assumption for STxMP of Rel-18

Parameters

Values

Frequency Range

FR2 @ 30 GHz, SCS: 120 kHz, BW: 80 MHz,

Scenarios

1.       Dense urban (macro-layer only, TR 38.913) @FR2, 200m ISD, 2-tier model with wrap-around (7 sites, 3 sectors/cells per cell), 100% outdoor

2.       Indoor (TR 38.901/802)

UE speed

Option 1: Stationary UEs

Option 2: 3 km/hr for all UEs

Option 3: Dense Urban 100% outdoor UE with 30km/hr (optional)

Maximum UE Tx Power

  • Option 1: Max TRP of 23 dBm and max EIRP 43 dBm of two panels 
  • Option 2: Max TRP of 23 dBm and max EIRP 43 dBm per panel

 

Note 1: Companies to state additional details on their simulation assumptions, if any.

Note 2: In Option 2, the max TRP of two panels might exceed the limit of PC2 in one band based on existing RAN4 power class definitions (which is currently per band). Companies to provide details whether Option 2 results in exceeding such limit in actual simulations.

Note 3: In Option 1, companies to explain how max EIRP across two panels transmitting beams in different directions is determined.

Note 4: In case that Option 2 is used and max TRP of two panels exceeds the limit of PC2, companies to provide the excess value of the TRP of STxMP transmission over the TRP of the single panel transmission baseline.

BS receiver Noise Figure

7 dB

BS Antenna Configuration

For dense urban: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng) = (4, 8, 2, 2, 2). (dV, dH) = (0.5, 0.5) λ. (dg,V, dg,H) = (2.0, 4.0) λ

For Indoor: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng) = (4, 4, 2, 1, 1). (dV, dH) = (0.5, 0.5) λ

Note: Other structure are optional and reported by company.

Note: Companies to explain TXRU weights mapping.

Note: Companies to explain beam selection.

Note: Companies to explain number of BS beams 

BS Antenna radiation pattern

TR 38.802 Table A.2.1-6, Table A.2.1-7

UE antenna configuration

Option 1: Panel structure: 1x4x2 or (M, N, P) = (1, 4, 2), dH = 0.5 λ. Number of panels: 2, 3 or 4

Note: Companies to explain the number and locations of panels.

Option 2: (M, N, P, Mg, Ng) = (2, 4, 2, 1, 2); (dV, dH) = (0.5, 0.5)λ. (dg,V, dg,H) = (0, 0)λ. * Θmg,ng=90°; Ω0,1=Ω0,0+180. The polarization angles are 0 and 90

 Note: Other panel structure is optional and to be reported by company

UE Antenna radiation pattern

TR 38.802 Table A.2.1-8

UE dropping

Random

UE and panel orientation

Vertical but random in azimuth

Traffic Model

Option 1: FTP model 1 with packet size 0.5Mbytes (other value is not precluded).

Option 2: FTP mode 3

 Other traffic models including the full buffer are optional and can be reported by the company

Control and RS overhead

Companies explain details of the assumptions

BF/Precoder scheme

Companies explain what scheme is used

UE Antenna height

1.5 m

UL MIMO Mode, rank

UL SU-MIMO/MU-MIMO

Up to rank 4 for STxMP with 2 panels.

Per panel power control and other issues that are affected by RF transmission chain architecture

Companies can explain the details of transmission chain architecture for supporting STxMP

Cross-link interference between 2 panels

Companies to explain whether/how the interference is assumed.

Baseline scheme

  • Option 1: single panel transmission with panel selection.
  • Option 2: Rel-17 mTRP Uplink TDM repetition scheme with single panel per occasion.

Table A2: LLS assumption for STxMP of Rel-18

Parameters

Values

Frequency Range

FR2 @ 30 GHz,

SCS: 120 kHz,

Channel model

CDL for FR2 (TDL for FR2 can be optionally used)

BS antenna configuration

2 TRP and 2 Rx ports per TRP

UE antenna configuration

2 panels and 2 Tx ports on each panel

Path-loss modeling

{0,3,6, 9, 12} dB gap between panels/TRPs

Blockage

Blockage model from Rel-16 (x dB power offset with probability p): Companies to report x and p, and other assumptions, if any.

Target BLER

[10^-3, 10^-4, 10^-5]: BLER values shown in plots should be based on enough number of samples, e.g., ~100/BLER samples

Baseline scheme

  • Option 1: single panel transmission with panel selection.
  • Option 2: Rel-17 mTRP Uplink TDM repetition scheme with single panel per occasion.

# of RBs/symbols

Companies to Report.

DMRS pattern

  • DM-RS configuration type 1 for PUSCH
  • DM-RS configuration type 2 for PUSCH (optional)
  • DM-RS according to PUCCH formats (companies to report the details for PUCCH DM-RS)

Code rates

Low (<0.2) and moderate (<0.4)

Frequency hopping

Reported by companies

UL transmission scheme

Codebook based UL transmission is baseline. Non-codebook based can be optional.

Redundancy Version

Reported by companies

Schemes

FDM-based, SDM-based and SFN scheme.

Cross-link interference between 2 panels

Companies to explain whether/how the interference is assumed.

Receiver assumption

Reported by companies

 

 

R1-2205528         Summary #2 on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission  Moderator (OPPO)

R1-2205529        Summary of [109-e-R18-MIMO-06] Email discussion          Moderator (OPPO)

From May 20th GTW session

Agreement

For multi-DCI based STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH transmission, study and evaluate the following aspects:

·        Two PUSCHs are associated with different TRPs and transmitted from different UE panels. The total number of layers of these two PUSCHs is up to 4.

·        Study STxMP of PUSCH+PUSCH transmission where it is some combination of DG-PUSCH, CG-PUSCH and msg3/msgA PUSCH.

·        The overlapping type(s) of fully/partially in time domain and fully/partially/non-overlapping in frequency domain are to be studied and justified for PUSCH+PUSCH.

Note: The above study shall take into account the UE implementation and RF considerations.

Note: Study the conditions required for STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH.

Note: Other aspects are not precluded.

 

Agreement

Study the enhancement of SRS resource set configuration and SRI/TPMI indication for single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH scheme:

 

Agreement

Study the layer combinations of {1+1, 1+2, 2+1, 2+2} for the SDM scheme (if supported) of single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH,

 

Agreement

Study if any enhancement is needed on DMRS port indication for the SDM scheme (if supported) of single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH

·        FFS how to map DMRS ports to two joint/UL TCI states/CWs/panels/TRPs/SRS resource sets/PUSCH layers for codebook-based and non-codebook based PUSCH respectively.

 

Final summary in R1-2205598.

9.1.4.2       SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission

To support up to 4 or more layers per UE in UL targeting CPE/FWA/vehicle/industrial devices.

 

R1-2203269        SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission             ZTE

Proposal 1: Regarding 8 Tx-UL operation in Rel-18, support 8-TX and more than 4 layers UL transmission.

Proposal 2: Both codebook based and non-codebook based UL transmission should be supported in Rel-18 for UL MIMO.

Proposal 3: Full coherent and partial coherent capabilities should be supported, and non coherent capability can be precluded or deprioritized in Rel-18 for UL MIMO.

Proposal 4: On 8-Tx UL transmission enhancement, 2 CWs for UL transmission should be supported.

-         Condition of enabling >1 CWs for UL transmission can be further studied in RAN1, e.g., if the number of TX(s) and the number of UL layers exceed threshold(s).

Proposal 5: The legacy full power mode 1 and 2 should be supported in Rel-18 for UL MIMO, but details can be discussed after codebook design is clear.

Proposal 6: Antenna layout assumption for partial coherent codebook should be determined before codebook design.

Proposal 7: Regarding 8-Tx full coherent codebook design, the following schemes can be considered

-          Scheme 1: reusing DL type I 8Tx codebook scheme

-          Scheme 2: UL 4Tx codebook + additional phase

Proposal 8: Regarding 8-Tx partial coherent codebook design, the following schemes can be considered

-          Scheme 1: 8-port full coherent codebook indication + puncture pattern indication (indicating zero-power elements in a matrix)

-          Scheme 2: Multiple port groups, with common or separate precoding information indication

Proposal 9: Regarding non codebook based transmission design for 8-Tx,

-          The number of SRS resources in an SRS set can be up to 8

-          Potential optimization for SRI re-design considering DCI overhead, e.g., 8 bits or less

Proposal 10: Regarding CW-to-layer mapping, support up to 2 CWs for UL 8-Tx transmission, and then further study the following aspects:

-          Scrambling, layer mapping, and DCI format to support second TB

-          Code rate and TB size when UCI is transmitted on PUSCH

Decision: The document is noted.

 

R1-2203155         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2203326         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2203384         On SRI/TPMI Enhancement            InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2203447         On SRI/TPMI enhancement for UL 8 TX      CATT

R1-2203547         Views on enabling 8 TX UL transmission     vivo

R1-2203687         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement         NEC

R1-2203727         Considerations on TPMI enhancement for UL transmission     Sony

R1-2203799         Enhancements on 8Tx uplink transmission   xiaomi

R1-2203894         Views on TPMI/SRI enhancements for 8Tx UL transmission   Samsung

R1-2203959         SRI TPMI enhancement for 8 TX UL transmission    OPPO

R1-2204147         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    LG Electronics

R1-2204168         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8TX UL transmission     Lenovo

R1-2204235         Views on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission  Apple

R1-2204293         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               CMCC

R1-2204373         Discussion on 8 TX UL transmission            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2204512         Views on 8 TX UL transmission     Sharp

R1-2204544         UL enhancements for enabling 8Tx UL transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2204692         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL Transmission   MediaTek Inc.

R1-2204791         Discussion on enhancement for 8Tx UL transmission Intel Corporation

R1-2204876         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    Ericsson

R1-2205020         Enhancements for 8 Tx UL transmissions     Qualcomm Incorporated

 

[109-e-R18-MIMO-07] – Afshin (InterDigital)

Email discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission by May 20

-        Check points: May 13, May 20

R1-2205220         FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; First Round           Moderator (InterDigital)

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 13th,

Agreement

Study fully-coherent, partially-coherent and non-coherent UEs for uplink transmission with 8TX UEs.

 

Agreement

Study full power transmission for 8TX UEs.

·        Details are FFS upon completion of codebook design

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 18th,

Agreement

Adopt the following Table as the reference EVM for LLS evaluation

·        Companies may provide additional evaluation results per their case of interest

·        LLS is optionally used for 8Tx UL evaluation, if needed

Parameter

Value

Carrier Frequency

3.5 GHz

Waveform

CP-OFDM

SCS

30 KHz

System bandwidth

20 MHz, 100 MHz

Scheduled PRBs

5, 25, 50, 260 PRBs

gNB RX antenna setup and port layouts

(𝑀,𝑁,𝑃,𝑀𝑔,𝑁𝑔,𝑀𝑝,𝑁𝑝

(8,8,2,1,1,4,8) with (𝑑H, 𝑑V) = (0.5, 0.8)𝜆

(4,4,2,1,1,4,4) with (𝑑H, 𝑑V) = (0.5, 0.8)𝜆

(2,2,2,1,1,2,2) with (dH , dV ) = (0.5, 0.5)λ 

UE TX antenna configuration

To be defined according to outcome of Proposal 2.1

UE speed

3 Km/h

Number of Layers

Adaptive, Fixed (reported by company) 

AMC

Adaptive, Fixed (reported by company) 

DMRS configuration

Type 1; 1 front loaded + 1 additional symbol

Channel estimation

Real

Channel Model

CDL-A (30ns), CDL-B (100ns), CDL-C (300ns)

 

Agreement

For 8TX UE uplink transmission, study codebook- and non-codebook-based transmission with maximal layer number of both 4 and 8 layers.

 

R1-2205221        FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; Second Round Moderator (InterDigital)

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 19th,

Agreement

·        Adopt the following Table as the reference EVM for SLS evaluation.

o   Companies may provide additional evaluation results per their case of interest.

Parameter

Value

Frequency range

3.5 GHz

Multiple access

OFDMA 

Numerology

14 OFDM symbol slot

SCS , 30 KHz  

Scenario

Outdoor FWA (38.901): UMa (ISD = 500 m), 100% Outdoor, 3Km/h

Indoor FWA (38.901): UMi (ISD = 200 m), 100% Indoor, 3Km/h

Industrial (38.901): Indoor Office (Inh ), 3Km/h

Channel model

38.901

System bandwidth

20 MHz, 100 MHz 

gNB RX antenna setup and port layouts

(𝑀,𝑁,𝑃,𝑀𝑔,𝑁𝑔,𝑀𝑝,𝑁𝑝) 

Outdoor FWA : 

(8,8,2,1,1,4,8) with (𝑑H, 𝑑V) = (0.5, 0.8)𝜆

(4,4,2,1,1,4,4) with (𝑑H, 𝑑V) = (0.5, 0.8)𝜆

 

Indoor FWA : 

(8,8,2,1,1,4,8) with (𝑑H, 𝑑V) = (0.5, 0.8)𝜆

(4,4,2,1,1,4,4) with (𝑑H, 𝑑V) = (0.5, 0.8)𝜆

 

Industrial:

(2,2,2,1,1,2,2) with (dH , dV ) = (0.5, 0.5)λ 

gNB antenna radiation pattern parameters

Outdoor/Indoor FWA : 

38.901 Table 7.3-1, 8 dBi , 65° HPBW

 

Industrial:

IMT.2412 Table 10,5 dBi , 90° HPBW

 

gNB receiver noise figure

5dB 

gNB receiver

MMSE-IRC

gNB scheduler

Single user with proportional fair

Modulation

-    Up to 64 QAM  

-    Up to 256QAM  

MIMO scheme

SU-MIMO with rank adaptation

UE speed

3 Km/h

UE TX antenna configuration

To be defined according to outcome of Proposal 2.1

Traffic model

-    FTP model 1: Packet size 500KB, RU= 50% and suggested low/high RU of values of 20% and 70%

-   Full buffer (optional) 

Suggested benchmarking

R15 UL 4-Tx codebook , 

Eigen-based, companies report PRG assumption 

Precoder granularity

Wideband

Power control

Open loop, 

-    alpha = 0.8

-    P0 = -50, -80 dBm  

to be selected according to the deployment scenario 

UE power rating

23 dBm (UE, 38.101)

32 dBm (FWA, 38.101)

Metric

UL mean-user throughput, 5%-ile and 95%-ile UPT

 

R1-2205497        FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; Third Round  Moderator (InterDigital)

From May 20th GTW session

Agreement

For 8TX UE, consider the following UE antenna layouts for codebook design,

·        For fully/partial-coherent UEs, consider linear array (1D/2D)

o   Where the array is either cross-polarized antenna configuration or single polarized antenna configuration

o   Ng>=1 antenna groups can be considered where each group comprises coherent antennas, and across groups, antennas can be non-coherent/coherent depending on device types

§  An example of an antenna group is a panel

o   Within an antenna group, antenna elements are uniformly spaced. Across different antenna groups, companies to provide details.

Additional information for definition of antenna layout

·        Based on the number of coherent groups, following exemplary cases can be considered where, within each group, antenna elements are spaced by 0.5λ, and then dG-H, dG-V represent the horizontal and vertical spacings between the centers of adjacent antenna groups, respectively

o   Further down-selection can be done in the next meeting, if needed

o   The shown exemplary placing of antenna groups can be used for evaluation purpose, but the codebook design is not restricted to shown cases.

o   Other antenna layouts for other use cases are not precluded.

o   To start companies may report their results according to their preferred layout.

 

Case

Ng

(M, N, P) per group

Antenna Layout

Antenna Pattern/Antenna Element Gain

1

1

(2, 2, 2),

(1, 4, 2)

A picture containing icon

Description automatically generated

Isotropic (Indoor/Outdoor FWA & Industrial)

 

8 dBi, 65° HPBW(Outdoor FWA)

2

2

(1, 2, 2)

Graphical user interface

Description automatically generated

Isotropic (Indoor/Outdoor FWA & Industrial)

 

8 dBi, 65° HPBW(Outdoor FWA) 

3

4

(1, 1, 2)

Isotropic (Indoor/Outdoor FWA & Industrial)

 

4 dBi, 110° HPBW(Indoor FWA & Industrial

 

·        Other UE antenna assumption for the purpose of evaluation

 

Outdoor FWA

Indoor FWA

Industrial

UE antenna height

6, 3 m (To start)

According to 36.873

According to 38.901

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on May 20th,

Agreement

For 8TX UE codebook-based uplink transmission, down-select one of

·        Alt1-a:

o   Study NR Rel-15 UL 2TX/4TX codebooks and/or 8x1 antenna selection vector(s) as the starting point for design of the codebook for non-coherent UEs

o   Study NR Rel-15 DL Type I codebook as the starting point for design of the codebook for fully/partially-coherent UEs

·        Alt1-b:

o   Study NR Rel-15 UL 2TX/4TX codebooks and/or 8x1 antenna selection vector(s) as the starting point for design of the codebook for partially/non-coherent UEs

o   Study NR Rel-15 DL Type I codebook as the starting point for design of the codebook for fully-coherent UEs

·        Alt2-a:

o   Study NR Rel-15 UL 2TX/4TX codebooks and/or 8x1 antenna selection vector(s) as the starting point for design of codebook for fully/partially/non-coherent UEs

·        Alt2-b:

o   Study NR Rel-15 UL 2TX/4TX codebooks and/or 8x1 antenna selection vector(s) in combination with those based on NR Rel-15 DL Type I codebooks as the starting point for design of codebook for fully/partially/non-coherent UEs

·        Alt3:

o   Study NR Rel-15 DL Type I codebook as the starting point for design of codebook for fully/partially/non-coherent UEs

·        Transmission using one or multiple precoders corresponding to one or multiple SRS resources can be studied as part of the above alternatives.

 

Final summary in:

R1-2205587        Recommended Direction on SRI/TPMI Enhancements for RAN1#110               Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)

9.1.55        Other

R1-2203270         Evaluation assumptions for CSI, simultaneous multi-panel UL transmission and 8-Tx UL operation       ZTE

R1-2203548         Discussion on CSI prediction at UE vivo

R1-2203895         Initial SLS results on Type-II CSI enhancements for CJT         Samsung

R1-2204236         Views on MIMO further enhancement          Apple

R1-2204877         Further elaboration on UL evaluations          Ericsson

R1-2204913         Discussion on field test results of CSI enhancement for coherent JT       Huawei, HiSilicon


 RAN1#110

9.1       NR MIMO evolution for downlink and uplink

Please refer to RP-213598 for detailed scope of the WI.

 

[110-R18-MIMO] Email to be used for sharing updates on online/offline schedule, details on what is to be discussed in online/offline sessions, tdoc number of the moderator summary for online session, etc – Eko (Samsung)

9.1.1        Multi-TRP enhancement

9.1.1.1       Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP

Including extension for indication of multiple DL/UL TCI states, simultaneous multi-panel UL transmission, and power control for UL single DCI.

 

R1-2205747         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        FUTUREWEI

R1-2205816         Discussion on Unified TCI Extension for MTRP         InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2205825         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP operation            TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2205879         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2205918         Enhancements on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        ZTE

R1-2205981         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2206024         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              vivo

R1-2206110         Considerations on unified TCI framework for multi-TRP         Sony

R1-2206161         Discussion on unified TCI extension for mTRP           Fujitsu

R1-2206209         Discussion of unified TCI framework for multi-TRP  Lenovo

R1-2206246         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Ericsson

R1-2206263         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        OPPO

R1-2206375         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP operation               CATT

R1-2206463         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              NEC

R1-2206484         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Google

R1-2206570         Unified TCI framework for mTRP  Intel Corporation

R1-2206620         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Xiaomi

R1-2206667         Enhancement on unified TCI framework for multi-TRP            Transsion Holdings

R1-2206810         Views on unified TCI extension focusing on m-TRP  Samsung

R1-2206866         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP/panel            LG Electronics

R1-2206894         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              CMCC

R1-2206975         Multi-TRP enhancements for the unified TCI framework         Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2206995         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        MediaTek Inc.

R1-2207065         Discussion on Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP             CEWiT

R1-2207096         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              FGI

R1-2207215         Extension of unified TCI framework for mTRP           Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2207265         "Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP      "             Panasonic

R1-2207320         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Apple

R1-2207393         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2207444         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              ITRI

R1-2207450         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Sharp

R1-2207544         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

R1-2207735        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 0)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From Monday session

Agreement:

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, to inform the association with the joint/DL TCI state(s) indicated by DCI/MAC-CE for PDCCH repetition, PDCCH-SFN, and PDCCH w/o repetition/SFN, down-selection at least one alternative from the followings:

Switching between multi-TRP and single TRP operation is not precluded.

 

 

R1-2207928        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 1)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

 

R1-2208075        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 2)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From Thursday session

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension, at least for the target use cases agreed in RAN1#109-e in AI 9.1.1.1, up to 4 TCI states can be indicated in a CC/BWP or a set of CCs/BWPs in a CC list to DL receptions and/or UL transmissions, where these TCI states are indicated/updated by MAC-CE/DCI with the necessary MAC-CE based TCI state activation

·        FFS: The possible combination(s) of joint/DL/UL TCI states that can be indicated to DL receptions and/or UL transmissions in a BWP/CC/TRP

·        Note: This agreement does not imply that there will be more than 2 DL or UL or joint TCI states indicated in a CC/BWP for the target use cases agreed in RAN1#109-e in AI 9.1.1.1

·        Note: The maximum number of TCI states that can be indicated to each of the target use cases agreed in RAN1#109-e in AI 9.1.1.1 is remained the same as in Rel-16/17

Note: The maximum number of TCI states that can be indicated simultaneously to CJT-based PDSCH reception and the required type(s) of TCI states (i.e., DL /UL/joint) are independently discussed in this AI

 

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, for PUSCH transmission scheduled/activated by a DCI format 0_1/0_2, down-selection one alternative from the followings:

·        Alt1: Use an indicator field (could be reusing an existing DCI field or introducing a new DCI field) in a DCI format 0_1/0_2 to inform which joint/UL TCI state(s) indicated by MAC-CE/DCI the UE shall apply to PUSCH transmission scheduled/activated by the DCI format 0_1/0_2

·        Alt2: PUSCH transmission scheduled/activated by a DCI format 0_1/0_2 follows the spatial domain transmission filter(s) used for the SRS resource(s) indicated by the DCI format 0_1/0_2

·        Alt3: Use an RRC parameter in a CORESET configuration to inform that the CORESET belongs to which CORESET group(s), and the indicated joint/UL TCI state(s) is associated with each CORESET group. When a scheduling/activation DCI format 0_1/0_2 is received in a CORESET group, the indicated joint/UL TCI state(s) associated with the CORESET group is applied to PUSCH transmission scheduled/activated by the DCI format 0_1/0_2

o   FFS: Details of CORESET group(s)

FFS: PUSCH transmission scheduled/activated by a DCI format 0_0 and Type-1 CG-PUSCH

 

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, to inform the association with joint/UL TCI state(s) indicated by DCI/MAC-CE for PUCCH transmission, down-selection at least one alternative from the followings:

·        Alt1: Use RRC configuration to inform the association between the indicated joint/UL TCI state(s) and a PUCCH resource/ group

·        Alt2: Use RRC configuration to inform the association between a CORESET group and a PUCCH resource/group, and the indicated joint/UL TCI state(s) associated with the CORESET group applies to the PUCCH resource/group

·        Alt3: Use MAC-CE to inform the association between the indicated joint/UL TCI state(s) and a PUCCH resource/group

·        Alt4: Use DCI to inform the association between the indicated joint/UL TCI state(s) and a PUCCH resource/group

9.1.1.2       Two TAs for multi-DCI

R1-2205748         Enhancements to support two TAs for multi-DCI       FUTUREWEI

R1-2205817         On Utilization of Multiple TA         InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2205823         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based on multi-TRP operation     TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2205880         Study on TA enhancement for UL M-TRP transmssion             Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2205919         TA enhancement for multi-DCI       ZTE

R1-2205982         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based multi-TRP            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2206025         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI-based multi-TRP operation         vivo

R1-2206210         Discussion of two TAs for multi-DCI UL transmission             Lenovo

R1-2206247         Two TAs for multi-DCI    Ericsson

R1-2206264         Two TAs for multi-DCI    OPPO

R1-2206376         Discussion on two TAs for UL multi-DCI for multi-TRP operation        CATT

R1-2206464         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           NEC

R1-2206485         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           Google

R1-2206571         On two TAs for multi-DCI Intel Corporation

R1-2206621         Discussion on two TAs for multi-TRP operation         Xiaomi

R1-2206668         Discussion on TA enhancement for multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation               Transsion Holdings

R1-2206811         Views on two TAs for m-DCI          Samsung

R1-2206867         Two TAs for multi-TRP/panel         LG Electronics

R1-2206895         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           CMCC

R1-2206996         UL Tx Timing Management for MTRP Operation      MediaTek Inc.

R1-2207216         Supporting two TAs for multi-DCI based mTRP         Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2207321         Views on two TAs for multi-DCI Uplink Transmissions           Apple

R1-2207394         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2207451         Two TAs for multi-DCI    Sharp

R1-2207545         Two TAs for UL multi-DCI multi-TRP operation       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

R1-2207800        Moderator Summary on Two TAs for multi-DCI   Moderator (Ericsson)

From Tuesday session

Agreement:

For multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation with two TAs, study how to handle overlapping part between two UL transmissions associated with two TAs, where the study includes:

·        whether to introduce scheduling restriction in overlapping part

·        whether to introduce dropping rules

·        whether specification impact is needed, or if the issue can be handled via implementation

·        whether to allow overlapped transmission in case the UE supports STxMP transmission (if STxMP feature is agreed in NR Rel-18)

Agreement:

For multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation with two TAs, support configuring two TAGs belonging to a serving cell.

 

Agreement:

For multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation with two TAs, study the impact of two TAs for the following:

Further details of enhancements needed (if any)

 

R1-2208016        Moderator Summary #2 on Two TAs for multi-DCI   Moderator (Ericsson)

From Thursday session

Agreement

For associating TAGs to target UL channels/signals for multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation, downselect one of the options in RAN1#110bis-e:

 

Agreement

For multi-DCI multi-TRP operation with two TAs, up to two n-TimingAdvanceOffset value per serving cell is supported.

9.1.2        CSI enhancement

Including CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT (CJT).

 

R1-2205818         CSI Enhancements for CJT and High Doppler Operations        InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2205881         CSI enhancement for coherent JT and mobility           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2205920         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       ZTE

R1-2205983         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2206026         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high-medium UE velocities and coherent JT vivo

R1-2206101         Discussion on CSI enhancement     Mavenir

R1-2206189         On CSI Enhancement        Google

R1-2206211         Discussion of CSI enhancement for high speed UE and coherent JT       Lenovo

R1-2206265         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         OPPO

R1-2206377         On Rel-18 CSI enhancements for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT               CATT

R1-2206459         Discussion on CSI enhancement     NEC

R1-2206572         On CSI enhancements       Intel Corporation

R1-2206622         Discussion on CSI enhancements    Xiaomi

R1-2206812         Moderator summary on Rel-18 CSI enhancements     Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2206813         Summary of OFFLINE discussion on Rel-18 MIMO CSI          Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2206814         Views on CSI enhancements           Samsung

R1-2206868         Potential CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         LG Electronics

R1-2206896         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and  CJT               CMCC

R1-2206974         CSI enhancements for medium UE velocities and coherent JT Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2206992         CSI enhancement MediaTek Inc.

R1-2207066         Discussion on CSI Enhancements for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT               CEWiT

R1-2207217         CSI enhancements for high/medium UE velocities and Coherent-JT      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2207322         Views on Rel-18 MIMO CSI enhancement   Apple

R1-2207369         CSI Enhancements for CJT              AT&T

R1-2207395         Discussion on CSI enhancement     NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2207452         CSI enhancement Sharp

R1-2207505         On CSI enhancements for Rel-18 NR MIMO evolution            Ericsson

R1-2207546         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2207603         Additional considerations on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT (CJT)              Sony

 

R1-2206812        Moderator summary on Rel-18 CSI enhancements Moderator (Samsung)

From Monday session:

Agreement

·        For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP with NTRP>1 TRP/TRP-groups, support NTRP={1, 2, 3, 4} with equal priority.

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook for CJT mTRP, support RI={1,2,3,4}.

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP with NTRP>1 TRP/TRP-groups, the following is supported:

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook for CJT mTRP, support the following two modes:

·        Mode 1: Per-TRP/TRP-group SD/FD basis selection which allows independent FD basis selection across N TRPs / TRP groups. Example formulation (N = number of TRPs or TRP groups):

·        Mode 2: Per-TRP/TRP group (port-group or resource) SD basis selection and joint/common (across N TRPs) FD basis selection. Example formulation (N = number of TRPs or TRP groups):

 

·        FFS: Depending on the decision on SCI design, whether additional per-TRP/TRP-group amplitude scaling and/or co-phase is needed or not, and whether they are a part of W2s

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, down-select one from the following codebooks structures:

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, on the DD/TD basis waveforms:

·        FFS: Whether Doppler-/time-domain (DD/TD) basis vector length (N4) is RRC-configured or reported by the UE

·        FFS: Whether the number of selected DD/TD basis vectors (for Alt1) is RRC-configured or reported by the UE

 

Agreement

On the CSI reporting and measurement for the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, support the assumption of the UE-side prediction

 

Agreement

The Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting comprises stand-alone auxiliary feedback information to enable refinement of CSI reporting configuration, and/or codebook configuration parameters, and/or (to be confirmed in RAN1#110) gNB-side CSI prediction

 

R1-2207876        Moderator Summary#2 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: Round 1        Moderator (Samsung)

From Wed session

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, down-select from the following TRP selection/determination schemes (where N is the number of cooperating TRPs assumed in PMI reporting) by RAN1#110bis-e:

·        Alt1. N is gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signalling

o   The N configured TRPs are gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signalling

o   Note: only one transmission hypothesis is reported

·      Alt2. N is UE-selected and reported as a part of CSI report where N{1,..., NTRP}

o   N is the number of cooperating TRPs, while NTRP is the maximum number of cooperating TRPs configured by gNB

o   In this case, the selection of N out of NTRP TRPs is also reported (FFS: exact reporting scheme)

o   FFS: Configuration of NTRP TRPs and the value of NTRP, whether explicit or implicit

o   Note: only one transmission hypothesis is reported. UE is not mandated to calculate CSI for multiple transmission hypotheses.

·        Alt3. The UE reports CSI corresponding to K transmission hypotheses

o   The N configured TRPs per hypothesis are gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signalling

o   FFS: supported value(s) of K, and whether the K transmission hypotheses are gNB-configured or UE-reported

o   FFS: Whether the same N value or possibly different N values

·        Alt4. The UE reports CSI corresponding to K transmission hypotheses where N is UE-selected and reported as a part of CSI report where N{1,..., NTRP}

o   N is the number of cooperating TRPs per hypothesis, while NTRP is the maximum number of cooperating TRPs configured by gNB

o   In this case, the selection of N out of NTRP TRPs is also reported (FFS: exact reporting scheme)

o   FFS: Configuration of NTRP TRPs and the value of NTRP, whether explicit or implicit

o   FFS: Whether the same N value or possibly different N values

FFS: Whether S-TRP transmission hypothesis is also reported

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding W2 quantization group and Strongest Coefficient Indicator (SCI) design, for each layer, down-select one from the following alternatives by RAN1#110bis-e:

·        Alt1. One group comprises one polarization across all TRPs/TRP-groups (Cgroup,phase=1, Cgroup,amp=2), one (common) SCI across all TRPs/TRP groups

·        Alt2. One group comprises one polarization for one TRP/TRP-group (Cgroup,phase=N, Cgroup,amp=2N), per-TRP/TRP-group SCI

o   FFS: Quantization of N strongest coefficients 

·        Alt3. One group comprises one polarization for one TRP/TRP-group with a common phase reference across TRPs/TRP-groups (Cgroup,phase=1, Cgroup,amp=2N)

o   FFS: SCI, per-TRP/TRP-group vs. one (common) SCI across all TRPs/TRP groups 

o   FFS: Quantization of N strongest coefficients

·        Alt4. For a selected TRP/TRP-group, one group comprises one polarization, and for remaining N-1 TRPs/TRP-groups, one group comprises one polarization across remaining N-1 TRPs/TRP-groups (Cgroup,amp=2+2=4), with a common phase reference across all of N TRPs/TRP-groups (Cgroup,phase=1)

o   FFS: The selected TRP/TRP-group

FFS: The need for “strongest” TRP/TRP-group indicator in addition to SCI(s)

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, support DD/TD (compression) unit (analogous to PMI sub-band for Rel-16 codebook) as a codebook parameter.

 

Agreement

On the CSI reporting and measurement for the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities assuming the UE-side prediction, on the definition of UE-side prediction, down-select one from the following alternatives by RAN1#110bis-e:

 

R1-2207978        Moderator Summary#3 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: Round 2        Moderator (Samsung)

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook for CJT mTRP based on the Rel-16 Type-II codebook, SD basis and FD basis are separate, each fully reusing the legacy Rel-16 DFT-based design.

 

Agreement

The Rel-18 Type-II codebook for CJT mTRP comprises refinement of the following codebooks:

Strive to maintain as much commonality between the Rel-16 and Rel-17 codebook enhancements to minimize workload.

Vivo and Lenovo raised concerns on the workload due to this agreement.

 

Agreement

On the CSI reporting and measurement for the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, when UE-side prediction is assumed, down-select one from the following alternatives by RAN1#110bis-e:

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, down select one of the following alternatives by RAN1#110bis-e:

·        AltA. Based on Doppler profile

o   E.g., Doppler spread derived from the 2nd moment of Doppler power spectrum, average Doppler shifts, Doppler shift per resource, maximum Doppler shift, relative Doppler shift, etc

·        AltB. Based on time-domain correlation profile

o   E.g. Correlation within one TRS resource, correlation across multiple TRS resources

o   Note: The correlation over one or more lags of TRS resource may be considered.  The lags may be within one TRS burst or different TRS bursts

·        AltC: CSI-RS resource and/or CSI reporting setting configuration parameter(s) to assist network

o   E.g. gNB configures UE with multiple choices on what to assist (e.g. two or more CSI-RS/report periodicities, or precoding schemes depending mainly on UE velocity), then UE report according to configuration; parameters correspond to CSI reporting periodicity, codebook type, etc.

Note: Different alternatives may or may not apply to different use cases.

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, the use case of “aiding gNB-side CSI prediction” is refined to “aiding gNB implementation in CSI prediction for TDD”.

9.1.3        Reference signal enhancement

9.1.3.1       Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports

Including increasing orthogonal DMRS ports for UL/DL MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO.

 

R1-2205749         On increasing the number of orthogonal DM-RS ports for MU-MIMO               FUTUREWEI

R1-2205819         Enhanced Capacity DMRS               InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2205882         Enhancements on DMRS in Rel-18 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2205921         DMRS enhancement for UL/DL MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO   ZTE

R1-2205984         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2206027         Discussion on DMRS enhancements             vivo

R1-2206106         Discussions on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports   New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.

R1-2206190         On DMRS Enhancement   Google

R1-2206212         Discussion of increased number of orthogonal  DMRS ports    Lenovo

R1-2206266         DMRS enhancement for Rel-18 MIMO         OPPO

R1-2206378         On DMRS enhancements  CATT

R1-2206460         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    NEC

R1-2206573         Discussion on DMRS enhancement Intel Corporation

R1-2206623         Discussion on DMRS enhancement Xiaomi

R1-2206815         Views on DMRS enhancements      Samsung

R1-2206869         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              LG Electronics

R1-2206897         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    CMCC

R1-2206966         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2206993         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              MediaTek Inc.

R1-2207135         On DMRS enhancement in Rel-18  Ericsson

R1-2207218         Design for increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports          Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2207323         Views on supporting increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports        Apple

R1-2207396         Discussion on DMRS enhancements             NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2207453         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              Sharp

R1-2207547         Rel-18 UL and DL DMRS Enhancements     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

R1-2207715        FL summary on DMRS#1              Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From Tuesday session

Working Assumption

·        To increase the number of DMRS ports for PDSCH/PUSCH, support at least Opt.1 (introduce larger FD-OCC length than Rel.15 (e.g. 4 or 6)).

o   FFS: FD-OCC length for Rel.18 DMRS type 1 and type 2.

o   FFS: Whether it is needed to handle potential performance issues of Opt 1. For example, study if there is performance loss in case of large delay spread scenario. If needed, how (e.g. additionally support other options).

Ericsson objected to make the above as an agreement – their preference was for no additional DMRS symbols – fine to take it as working assumption and let the work progressing further

 

R1-2207716        FL summary on DMRS#2              Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From Wed session

Agreement

 

Agreement

 

Agreement

 

R1-2208005        FL summary#3 on DMRS              Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From Thursday session

Agreement

For increased DMRS ports for enhanced FD-OCC, study whether/how to support DCI based switching between DMRS port(s) associated with length 2 FD-OCC and DMRS port(s) associated with length M FD-OCC (where M > 2).

 

Agreement

For > 4 layers PUSCH, support rank = 5,6,7,8 for both DMRS type 1/2, and for both single-symbol/double-symbol DMRS.

9.1.3.2       SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation

R1-2205750         SRS enhancements for TDD CJT and 8TX operation FUTUREWEI

R1-2205820         On SRS Enhancements for CJT and 8TX UEs             InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2205883         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and UL 8Tx operation in Rel-18           Huawei, HiSilicon, LG Uplus

R1-2205922         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       ZTE

R1-2205985         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2206028         Discussion on SRS enhancement    vivo

R1-2206191         On SRS Enhancement       Google

R1-2206213         Discussion of SRS enhancement     Lenovo

R1-2206267         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       OPPO

R1-2206379         On SRS enhancement for R18         CATT

R1-2206419         Views on SRS configuration targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation    KDDI Corporation

R1-2206461         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2206574         Discussion on SRS enhancement in Rel-18   Intel Corporation

R1-2206624         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Xiaomi

R1-2206816         Views on SRS enhancements          Samsung

R1-2206870         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       LG Electronics

R1-2206898         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               CMCC

R1-2207067         Discussion on SRS Enhancements for 8Tx Operation CEWiT

R1-2207219         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8 Tx operation   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2207324         Views on Rel-18 MIMO SRS enhancement  Apple

R1-2207397         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2207454         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       Sharp

R1-2207499         On SRS enhancements targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation              Ericsson

R1-2207548         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8Tx operation    Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2207604         Considerations on precoded SRS     Sony

 

R1-2207855        FL Summary #1 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From Tuesday session

Agreement:

For Rel-18 reference signal enhancements, support and specify the following features (the agreed WID scopes apply):

 

Proposal 4.2-2:

For 8 Tx SRS, support both

 

 

R1-2207856        FL Summary #2 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From Wed session

Agreement:

For 8 Tx SRS, at least support

·        8 ports in 1 SRS resource for ‘antennaSwitching’;

o   FFS 8 ports in one or multiple SRS resources for ‘codebook’

Above does not imply support for 8 ports in one or multiple OFDM symbols

 

Agreement:

For the maximum number of SRS resource sets for SRS with 8T8R with ‘antennaSwitching’, keep the existing value of the maximum number of SRS resource sets (as provided in Rel-17 antenna switching nTnR).

 

 

R1-2208014        FL Summary #3 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From Thursday session

Agreement

For an 8-port SRS resource in an SRS resource set with usage antennaSwitching (i.e., for 8T8R antenna switching), the 8-port SRS resource is transmitted in at least one OFDM symbol.

·        FFS: the resource transmitted in multiple OFDM symbols where different ports are mapped to different symbols.

Agreement

For SRS resource set(s) with usage ‘nonCodebook’ support 8 1-port SRS resources in one or multiple OFDM symbols.

·        Note: The maximum number of simultaneous SRS resources is determined via UE-capability signalling.

Final summary in R1-2208015.

9.1.4        Enhanced uplink transmission

9.1.4.1       UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission

R1-2205821         Discussion on Uplink Multi-panel Transmission         InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2205884         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2205923         Enhancements on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission              ZTE

R1-2205986         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2206029         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     vivo

R1-2206111         Considerations on UL for multi-panel transmission    Sony

R1-2206162         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Fujitsu

R1-2206192         On Simultaneous Multi-Panel Transmission Google

R1-2206214         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Lenovo

R1-2206268         Transmission scheme and UL precoding indicaton for multi-panel transmission               OPPO

R1-2206380         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     CATT

R1-2206465         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     NEC

R1-2206575         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission (STxMP)             Intel Corporation

R1-2206625         Enhancements on multi-panel uplink transmission      Xiaomi

R1-2206817         Views on UL precoding indication for STxMP            Samsung

R1-2207693         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission LG Electronics    (rev of R1-2206871)

R1-2206899         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     CMCC

R1-2206997         Simultaneous transmission across multiple UE panels MediaTek Inc.

R1-2207112         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Ericsson

R1-2207145         On UL precoding indication for simultaneous multi-panel transmission Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2207220         Simultaneous multi-panel transmission         Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2207325         Views on UL precoding indication for multi-panel simultaneous PUSCH transmissions       Apple

R1-2207761         Discussion on multi-panel transmission        NTT DOCOMO, INC.       (rev of R1-2207398)

R1-2207455         Views on UL multi-panel transmission         Sharp

R1-2207549         Precoder Indication for Multi-Panel UL Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

R1-2207698        Summary #1 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

 

R1-2207699        Summary #2 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

From Thursday session

Working assumption

Support the following schemes for STxMP PUSCH transmission in single-DCI based mTRP system in Rel-18:

For schemes other than SDM, final decision to support or not will be made in RAN1#110bis-e.

 

Agreement

For single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH SDM scheme, support the layer combinations of {1+1, 1+2, 2+1 and 2+2} for single CW case.

 

Agreement

To enhance the DMRS port indication for SDM scheme of STxMP PUSCH transmission in single-DCI based mTRP system, study the following aspects:

 

Agreement

Study and evaluate STxMP PUCCH based on the following:

·        For single-DCI based STxMP PUCCH transmissions, companies to provide the detailed description of the scheme being evaluated along with evaluation results in contribution.

·        For multi-DCI based STxMP PUCCH transmissions, transmitting two PUCCH resources with independent UCI payload to different TRPs with different UE panels that are fully or partially overlapping in time domain and partially/fully/non-overlapping in frequency domain can be considered.

·        Note: Companies can reuse the EVM assumptions of Rel-18 STxMP as agreed in RAN1#109-e (other than the parameters that are specific to PUSCH) as well as Rel-17 EVM for PUCCH as agreed in RAN1#102-e (PUCCH format, # of RBs/symbols, UCI payload, and Frequency hopping as shown below).

o   Baseline scheme can be Rel-15 PUCCH or Rel-17 mTRP PUCCH repetition.

Parameters

Potential values

Baseline scheme

Rel-15 PUCCH or Rel-17 mTRP PUCCH repetition

PUCCH format

Format 1 and 3.

Other PUCCH Formats can be optionally considered.

# of RBs/symbols

PUCCH Format 1: 4 symbols, 1 RB

PUCCH Format 3: 4 and 8 symbols, 1 RB

Other combinations are not precluded.

UCI payload

2 bits for PUCCH Format 1 (and Format 0, if considered). 

Companies to report assumptions on other PUCCH Formats

Frequency hopping

Reported by companies

 

9.1.4.22       SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission

To support up to 4 or more layers per UE in UL targeting CPE/FWA/vehicle/industrial devices.

 

R1-2205822         SRI/TPMI Enhancement for 8TX UE            InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2205885         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2205924         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    ZTE

R1-2205987         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2206030         Discussion on enabling 8 TX UL transmission            vivo

R1-2206112         Discussion on enhancement for 8Tx UL transmission Sony

R1-2206193         On SRI/TPMI Indication for 8Tx Transmission          Google

R1-2206215         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8TX UL transmission     Lenovo

R1-2206269         SRI TPMI enhancement for 8 TX UL transmission    OPPO

R1-2206381         On codebook and SRI/TPMI enhancement for UL 8 TX            CATT

R1-2206462         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement         NEC

R1-2206576         Discussion on enhancement for 8Tx UL transmission Intel Corporation

R1-2206626         Enhancements on 8Tx uplink transmission   Xiaomi

R1-2206818         Views on TPMI/SRI enhancements for 8Tx UL transmission   Samsung

R1-2206872         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    LG Electronics

R1-2206900         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               CMCC

R1-2206994         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TT UL transmission    MediaTek Inc.

R1-2207163         SRI/TPMI Enhancement for Enabling 8 TX UL Transmission Ericsson

R1-2207221         Enhancements for 8 Tx UL transmissions     Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2207326         Views on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission  Apple

R1-2207399         Discussion on 8 TX UL transmission            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2207456         Views on 8 TX UL transmission     Sharp

R1-2207550         UL enhancements for enabling 8Tx UL transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

R1-2207725        FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; First Round    Moderator (InterDigital)

From Monday session

Agreement

·        8TX PUSCH is supported in Rel-18

Agreement

For a 8TX PUSCH, at least support

Note: The above does not restrict the Ng for the non-coherent case

 

Agreement

For evaluation purpose of codebook alternatives when a precoder based on Rel-15 DL Type I is used, following oversampling ratios are assumed

·        (O1, O2) = (1,1), (2,1), (2,2)

·        Note: Other values may be used and reported by companies

·        Note: When deciding the supported O1, O2 combination, the signalling overhead, performance, UE complexity, etc should be considered

 

Agreement

RAN1 further studies Alt1b and Alt2a for down-selection of one of the two in RAN1 meeting #110b-e.

 

 

R1-2207726        FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; Second Round Moderator (InterDigital)

From Wed session

Agreement

Support up to X layers for codebook and non-codebook UL transmission for 8TX UE where X=4, 8 is determined based on separate UE capability

The above applies only with regards to the work scope of this agenda item.

 

Agreement

For SRS configuration for non-codebook UL transmission for an 8TX UE, down-select from

 

 

R1-2208012        FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; Third Round  Moderator (InterDigital)

From Thursday session

Agreement

Study low overhead solutions for SRI and/or transmitter precoder matrix indication for codebook-based, and SRI indication for non-codebook-based UL transmission by an 8TX UE,

·    FFS using single or separate (exiting or new) fields for the indication, other solutions are not precluded.

·    Note: Low overhead schemes for study include those using Rel-15 SRI/TPMI indication mechanisms

 

R1-2208013         Recommended Direction on SRI/TPMI Enhancements for RAN1#110b-e               Moderator (InterDigital)


 RAN1#110-bis-e

9.1       NR MIMO evolution for downlink and uplink

Please refer to RP-213598 for detailed scope of the WI.

9.1.1        Multi-TRP enhancement

9.1.1.1       Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP

Including extension for indication of multiple DL/UL TCI states, simultaneous multi-panel UL transmission, and power control for UL single DCI.

 

R1-2208373         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        FUTUREWEI

R1-2208439         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2208493         On Unified TCI Extension for MTRP            InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2208502         Enhancements on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        ZTE

R1-2208539         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2208626         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              vivo

R1-2208676         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Ericsson

R1-2208702         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP operation            TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2208740         Discussion of unified TCI framework for multi-TRP  Lenovo

R1-2208792         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        OPPO

R1-2208891         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP/panel            LG Electronics

R1-2208945         On unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP operation CATT

R1-2209008         Discussion on unified TCI extension for MTRP          Fujitsu

R1-2209039         Unified TCI Framework for Multi-TRP        Intel Corporation

R1-2209138         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              NEC

R1-2209165         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Transsion Holdings

R1-2209256         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        xiaomi

R1-2209320         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              CMCC

R1-2209379         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Sharp

R1-2209414         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              FGI

R1-2209492         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        MediaTek Inc.

R1-2209540         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Google

R1-2209547         Multi-TRP enhancements for the unified TCI framework         Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2209568         Views on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP       Apple

R1-2209712         Views on unified TCI extension focusing on m-TRP  Samsung

R1-2209888         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2209967         Extension of unified TCI framework for mTRP           Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2210018         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        PANASONIC

R1-2210029         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              ITRI

R1-2210061         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2210104         Discussion on Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP             CEWiT

 

[110bis-e-R18-MIMO-01] – Darcy (MediaTek)

Email discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP by October 19

-        Check points: October 14, October 19

R1-2210243        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 0)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

Presented in Oct 10th GTW session

 

 

R1-2210380        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 1)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From Oct 13th GTW session

Conclusion

On unified TCI framework extension in Rel-18, there is no consensus to support simultaneous configuration of both joint and separate DL/UL TCI modes in a serving cell.

 

Conclusion

On unified TCI framework extension in Rel-18, there is no consensus to support separate RRC-configured TCI state list(s) for each of TRPs.

 

Agreement:

On unified TCI framework extension for M-DCI based MTRP:

·        The existing TCI field in a DCI format 1_1/1_2 (with or without DL assignment) associated with one coresetPoolIndex value can indicate the joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) specific to the same coresetPoolIndex value

o   FFS: The UE shall apply the indicated joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) specific to a coresetPoolIndex value to channel(s)/signal(s) that have explicit or implicit association with the same coresetPoolIndex value

·        A coresetPoolIndex value field is included in TCI state activation command (MAC-CE) to indicate that the mapping between the activated TCI state(s) and the TCI codepoint(s) is specific to which coresetPoolIndex value

Agreement:

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, to inform the association with the joint/DL TCI state(s) indicated by DCI/MAC-CE for PDCCH repetition, PDCCH-SFN, and PDCCH w/o repetition/SFN, support the following:

·        Use RRC configuration to inform that the UE shall apply the first one, the second one, both, or none of the joint/DL TCI states indicated by DCI/MAC-CE to a CORESET or a group of CORESETs (if CORESET group configuration is supported)

 

Decision: As per email posted on Oct 13th,

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for M-DCI based MTRP:

·        For a serving cell configured with joint DL/UL TCI mode, one joint TCI state can be mapped to a TCI codepoint of the existing TCI field in a DCI format 1_1/1_2 (with or without DL assignment)

·        For a serving cell configured with separate DL/UL TCI mode, a DL TCI state, an UL TCI state, or a pair of DL and UL TCI states can be mapped to a TCI codepoint of the existing TCI field in a DCI format 1_1/1_2 (with or without DL assignment)

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, down-select one alternative from the followings in RAN1#111 for PUSCH transmission scheduled/activated by a DCI format 0_1/0_2:

·        Alt1: Use an indicator field (could be reusing an existing DCI field or introducing a new DCI field) in the DCI format 0_1/0_2 to inform which joint/UL TCI state(s) indicated by MAC-CE/DCI the UE shall apply to PUSCH transmission scheduled/activated by the DCI format 0_1/0_2

·        Alt2: PUSCH transmission scheduled/activated by the DCI format 0_1/0_2 follows the spatial domain transmission filter(s) used for the SRS resource(s) indicated by the DCI format 0_1/0_2

o   FFS : PL-RS(s), and UL PC parameter setting(s) (including P0, alpha, and closed loop index) for the PUSCH

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, down-select one alternative from the followings in RAN1#111 for PUCCH transmission:

·        Alt1: Use RRC configuration to inform the association between the indicated joint/UL TCI state(s) and a PUCCH resource/ group

·        Alt2: Use RRC configuration to inform the association between a CORESET group and a PUCCH resource/group, and the indicated joint/UL TCI state(s) associated with the CORESET group applies to the PUCCH resource/group associated with the same CORESET group

·        Alt3: Use MAC-CE to inform the association between the indicated joint/UL TCI state(s) and a PUCCH resource/group

·        Note: the association indicates whether the UE shall apply the first one, the second one, or both of the joint/UL TCI states indicated by DCI/MAC-CE to a PUCCH resource/group

 

Decision: As per email posted on Oct 18th,

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension, up to 2 joint TCI states can be indicated by MAC-CE/DCI and applied to CJT-based PDSCH reception (PDSCH-CJT) in a BWP/CC configured with joint DL/UL TCI mode

·        Support of 1 or 2 indicated joint TCI states for PDSCH-CJT is up to UE capability

·        FFS: QCL type(s)/assumption(s) of the indicated joint TCI state(s) applied to PDSCH-CJT 

·        Note: On how to inform UE to apply which indicated joint TCI state(s) to target channel(s)/signal(s) in the BWP/CC, it is discussed individually in AI 9.1.1.1

 

R1-2210597        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 2)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From Oct 19th GTW session

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for M-DCI based MTRP:

·        The UE shall apply the indicated joint/DL TCI state specific to a coresetPoolIndex value to PDCCH on a CORESET that is associated with the same coresetPoolIndex value

·        The UE shall apply the indicated joint/DL TCI state specific to a coresetPoolIndex value to PDSCH scheduled/activated by PDCCH on a CORESET that is associated with the same coresetPoolIndex value

·        FFS: Other channel(s)/signal(s) that has explicit or implicit association with a coresetPoolIndex value

·        FFS: Other channel(s)/signal(s) that doesn’t have association with a coresetPoolIndex value

Above are applicable to the CORESET(s) that is configured/allowed to follow the indicated joint/DL TCI state

FFS: The configuration/rule to configure/allow CORESET(s) to follow the indicated joint/DL TCI state, including the option to reuse the same configuration/rule as in Rel-17 unified TCI framework

 

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension, study the following enhancements for TRP-specific BFR:

·        Implicit BFD-RS determination based on the indicated joint/DL TCI states for S-DCI based MTRP

·        Enhancement to beam update after NW response to TRP-specific BFR request

 

Decision: As per email posted on Oct 20th,

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP , down-select one alternative from the followings in RAN1#111:

Note: It has been agreed to use the existing TCI field for TCI state indication for S-DCI based MTRP in RAN1#109e

Note: The term TRP is used only for discussion purpose in RAN1 and whether/how to capture this is FFS

FFS: The behavior if the UE receives a beam indication DCI that indicates joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) for one TRP

9.1.1.2       Two TAs for multi-DCI

R1-2208374         Enhancements to support two TAs for multi-DCI       FUTUREWEI

R1-2208440         Study on TA enhancement for UL M-TRP transmission           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2208460         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based on multi-TRP operation     TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2208494         Multiple TA for MTRP Operation  InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2208503         TA enhancement for multi-DCI       ZTE

R1-2208540         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based multi-TRP            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2208627         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI-based multi-TRP operation         vivo

R1-2208677         Two TAs for multi-DCI    Ericsson

R1-2208741         Discussion of two TAs for multi-DCI UL transmission             Lenovo

R1-2208793         Two TAs for multi-DCI    OPPO

R1-2208892         Two TAs for multi-TRP/panel         LG Electronics

R1-2208946         On Two TAs for UL multi-DCI multi-TRP operation CATT

R1-2209040         On two TAs for multi-DCI Intel Corporation

R1-2209139         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           NEC

R1-2209166         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation          Transsion Holdings

R1-2209257         Discussion on two TAs for multi-TRP operation         xiaomi

R1-2209321         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           CMCC

R1-2209380         Two TAs for multi-DCI    Sharp

R1-2209493         UL Tx Timing Management for MTRP Operation      MediaTek Inc.

R1-2209541         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           Google

R1-2209569         Two TAs for multi-DCI Uplink Transmissions           Apple

R1-2209713         Views on two TAs for m-DCI          Samsung

R1-2209889         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2209968         Supporting two TAs for multi-DCI based mTRP         Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2210062         Two TAs for UL multi-DCI multi-TRP operation       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[110bis-e-R18-MIMO-02] – Siva (Ericsson)

Email discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI by October 19

-        Check points: October 14, October 19

R1-2210304        Moderator Summary #1 on Two TAs for multi-DCI            Moderator (Ericsson)

From Oct 10th GTW session

Agreement

For multi-DCI multi-TRP operation with two TAs in a CC, two DL reference timings are supported where each DL reference timing is associated with one TAG

·        baseline assumption is that the Rx timing difference between the two DL reference timings is no larger than CP length

·        as an optional UE capability, Rx timing difference between the two DL reference timings can be assumed to be larger than CP length

o   FFS: the maximum Rx timing difference (could be up to RAN4)

o   Other than UE capability details and relevant configuration, no additional RAN1 specification enhancement specific for this case is expected

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 12th,

Agreement

Multi-DCI multi-TRP operation with two TAs is supported for Rel-15/16/17 TCI frameworks and unified TCI framework extension discussed in 9.1.1.1 as well as UL beam indication via spatial relation.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 15th,

Agreement

For inter-cell multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, support one of the alternatives (down selection to be done in RAN1#111):

 

 

R1-2210468        Moderator Summary #2 on Two TAs for multi-DCI            Moderator (Ericsson)

From Oct 18th GTW session

Agreement

For multi-DCI based inter-cell Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, support PRACH configuration associated with additional configured PCIs different from the PCI of the serving cell.

 

Agreement

For multi-DCI based inter-cell Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, support a mechanism to determine which PRACH configuration (i.e., RACH configuration corresponding to serving cell PCI or an additional PCI) to be used in the RACH procedure triggered by PDCCH order

 

Agreement

For multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, support one of the following alternatives in RAN1#111:

·        Alt 1: PDCCH order sent by one TRP triggers RACH procedure towards the same TRP

o   Note: with Alt 1, PDCCH order sent by one TRP triggering RACH procedure towards another TRP is not allowed

·        Alt 2: PDCCH order sent by one TRP triggers RACH procedure towards either the same TRP or a different TRP

o   This does not preclude PDCCH order triggering two RACH procedures for two TRPs

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 20th,

Agreement

For associating TAGs to target UL channels/signals for multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation, the four options agreed in RAN1#110bis-e are refined as below (down-selection of one or a combination of the options to be performed in RAN1#111):

 

Agreement

For multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, support enhancements related to indicating TAG ID via absolute TA command:

·        FFS: whether the indication is implicit or explicit

·        Detailed indication schemes are FFS

·        This does not preclude indication of two TAG IDs (if supported)

·        Note: This applies at least to MSGB in case of C-RNTI

Conclusion

For multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, it cannot always be assumed that both TRPs have knowledge of the overlapping region between transmissions corresponding to the two TAs.

 

Agreement

For intra-cell multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, support at least one of the following alternatives (down selection to be done in RAN1#111):

Note: If Alt 1 or Alt 2 is down-selected, then it does not preclude indication of two TAG IDs (if supported)

9.1.2        CSI enhancement

Including CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT (CJT).

 

R1-2208441         CSI enhancement for coherent JT and mobility           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2208495         Enhanced CSI for CJT and High Doppler Operations InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2208504         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       ZTE

R1-2208541         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2208628         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high-medium UE velocities and coherent JT vivo

R1-2208742         Discussion of CSI enhancement for high speed UE and coherent JT       Lenovo

R1-2208794         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         OPPO

R1-2208872         On CSI Enhancement        Google

R1-2208893         Potential CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         LG Electronics

R1-2208947         Discussion on CSI enhancements    CATT

R1-2209041         On CSI enhancements       Intel Corporation

R1-2209090         Further considerations on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT               Sony

R1-2209140         Discussion on CSI enhancement     NEC

R1-2209247         Discussion on CSI enhancement     Mavenir

R1-2209258         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT               xiaomi

R1-2209322         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and  CJT               CMCC

R1-2209381         CSI enhancement Sharp

R1-2209494         CSI enhancement MediaTek Inc.

R1-2209545         CSI enhancements for medium UE velocities and coherent JT Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2209570         Views on Rel-18 MIMO CSI enhancement   Apple

R1-2209714         Moderator summary on Rel-18 CSI enhancements     Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2209715         Summary of OFFLINE discussion on Rel-18 MIMO CSI          Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2210241         Views on CSI enhancements           Samsung              (rev of R1-2209716)

R1-2209793         Views on CSI Enhancements for CJT            AT&T

R1-2209852         On CSI enhancements for Rel-18 NR MIMO evolution            Ericsson

R1-2209890         Discussion on CSI enhancement     NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2209969         CSI enhancements for high/medium UE velocities and Coherent-JT      Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2210063         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2210105         Discussion on CSI Enhancements for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT               CEWiT

 

[110bis-e-R18-MIMO-03] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on CSI enhancement by October 19

-        Check points: October 14, October 19

R1-2209714        Moderator Summary on Rel-18 CSI enhancements              Moderator (Samsung)

From Oct 10th GTW session

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, following legacy (Rel-16 regular eType-II and Rel-17 PS FeType-II), for a given CSI-RS resource:

Note: The supported value(s) for each of the defined parameters are to be discussed separately (e.g. possibilities of adding new or removing existing value(s) in addition to those supported by legacy specification).

 

Agreement

On the SD basis selection for Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, following legacy (Rel-16 regular eType-II and Rel-17 PS FeType-II), SD basis selection is per CSI-RS-resource.

o   Alt1. Per-CSI-RS-resource Ln parameter

§  TBD: Whether {Ln, n=1, ..., N} are higher-layer configured by gNB, or the total  is higher-layer configured by gNB while {Ln, n=1, ..., N} are reported by the UE

o   Alt2. gNB configures a common L parameter for all N CSI-RS resources via higher-layer signaling

FFS: Study on additional optimization for collocated multi-panel scenario

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, following legacy (Rel-16 regular eType-II and Rel-17 PS FeType-II), regarding the location of non-zero coefficients (NZCs) indicated by bitmap (following legacy mechanism), for each layer, support separate bitmap per each CSI-RS resource

·        Total size =  where  is the bitmap size for CSI-RS resource n

o       TBD: Whether  ( for mode 2) analogous to legacy, or further reduction of bitmap size is supported.

o       FFS: Depending on the outcome of other issues, whether  or 

·        FFS: Per-CSI-RS-resource NNZC (number of NZCs) constraint vs. joint NNZC constraint across N CSI-RS-resources

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, the constraint on the maximum number of non-zero coefficients (NZCs) per-layer (K0) is defined jointly across all N CSI-RS resources

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP,

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding W2 quantization group and Strongest Coefficient Indicator (SCI) design, for each layer:

o   Alt1. One group comprises one polarization across all N CSI-RS resources (Cgroup,phase=1, Cgroup,amp=2)

§  FFS: Amplitude quantization table considering transmission power difference between multiple TRPs

§  For each of the amplitude groups (other than the group associated with the SCI), the reference amplitude is reported

o   Alt3. One group comprises one polarization for one CSI-RS resource with a common phase reference across N CSI-RS resources (Cgroup,phase=1, Cgroup,amp=2N)

§  For each of the (2N–1) amplitude groups (other than the group associated with the SCI), the reference amplitude is reported

FFS: The need for “strongest” TRP/TRP-group indicator in addition to the SCI

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 11th,

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook for CJT mTRP, the switching between mode-1 and mode-2 is gNB-initiated via RRC signalling.

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, support RI={1,2,3,4}.

 

Agreement

On the CSI reporting and measurement for the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, when UE-side prediction is assumed, support UE “predicting” channel/CSI after slot l where the location of slot l is configured (from multiple candidate values) by gNB via higher-layer signalling

Note: Per legacy behavior, the legacy CSI reference resource, i.e., (nnCSI,ref ), is reused for locating the last CSI-RS occasion used for a CSI report.

For a UE that supports UE-side prediction, the support of l = (nnCSI,ref ) is UE optional.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, down-select from the following alternatives:

·        Alt1. Q different 2-dimentional bitmaps are introduced for indicating the location of the NZCs, where the qth (q=1,…., Q) 2-dimentional bitmap corresponds to qth selected DD basis vector

o   The number of selected DD basis vectors is denoted as Q

o   This implies that for each layer, the location of NZCs in SD-FD can be different for different selected DD basis vectors.

·        Alt2. A DD-basis-common per-layer 2-dimensional bitmap for indicating the location of NZCs used in Rel-16/17 Type-II is used

o   This implies that for each layer, the location of NZCs in SD-FD is common across all the Q selected DD basis vectors

FFS: Further overhead reduction on bitmap(s).

FFS: Whether the number of NZCs is upper bounded across all DD basis vectors or per DD basis vector.

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, support the following codebook structure where N4 is gNB-configured via higher-layer signaling:

·        For N4=1, Doppler-domain basis is the identity (no Doppler-domain compression) reusing the legacy , , and , e.g.

·        For N4>1, Doppler-domain orthogonal DFT basis commonly selected for all SD/FD bases reusing the legacy  and , e.g.

o   Only Q (denoting the number of selected DD basis vectors) >1 is allowed

o   TBD (by RAN1#110bis): whether rotation is used or not

o   FFS: identical or different rotation factors for different SD components

o   FFS: Whether Q is RRC-configured or reported by the UE

Note: Detailed designs for SD/FD bases including the associated UCI parameters follow the legacy specification

FFS: Whether one CSI reporting instance includes multiple  and a single  and  report.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 12th,

Agreement

On the SD basis selection for Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, support the following on the L parameter:

·        Per-CSI-RS-resource Ln parameter

o   TBD: Whether {Ln, n=1, ..., N} are higher-layer configured by gNB, or the total  is higher-layer configured by gNB while {Ln, n=1, ..., N} are reported by the UE, one L configured and {Ln} determined from configured L

o   FFS: The value of Ln is taken from a pre-defined set

 

Conclusion

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding W2 quantization group and Strongest Coefficient Indicator (SCI) design, there is no consensus on supporting “strongest” CSI-RS resource indicator in addition to the agreed SCI.

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, following legacy, support both aperiodic and semi-persistent CSI reporting on PUSCH.

 

Conclusion

On the usage of CSI reporting and measurement for the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, there is no consensus in supporting any specification enhancement for the following assumptions:

·        Legacy UE procedure for CSI measurement/calculation (equivalent to the combination of l = (nnCSI,ref ) and WCSI=1)

·        gNB-side prediction

o   Note: This doesn’t preclude any gNB implementation

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, only CSI reporting over PUSCH is supported

·        Following legacy, support both aperiodic and semi-persistent CSI reporting on PUSCH.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, the selection of DD basis vectors is layer-specific

·        The number of selected DD basis vector (denoted as Q) is layer-common

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, down select one of the following alternatives by RAN1#110bis-e:

Note: Different alternatives may or may not apply to different use cases 

FFS: The need for a measure of confidence level in the TDCP report, and/or UE behaviour when the quality of TDCP measurement is not sufficiently high

FFS: TDCP parameter(s) signaled with respect to each alternative

 

 

R1-2210370        Moderator summary#2 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: Round 1        Moderator (Samsung)

From Oct 13th GTW session

Agreement

·        On the CSI reporting and measurement for the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, support the following CSI-RS resource types/structures for CMR:

·        Time-domain behaviour for NZP CSI-RS resource: periodic (P), semi-persistent (SP), aperiodic (AP)

o   FFS: Whether to introduce constraints on allowed configuration

·        Down select from the following:

o   Alt1. Support K>1 NZP CSI-RS resources, received via a single triggering instance, for aperiodic (AP) -CSI-RS-based channel measurement in a same CSI-RS resource set where the separation between 2 consecutive AP-CSI-RS resources is m slot(s):

o   Alt2. Support one NZP CSI-RS resource in a CSI-RS resource set, where K>1 occasions are received via a single triggering instance, for aperiodic (AP)-CSI-RS-based channel measurement where the separation between 2 consecutive AP-CSI-RS resources is m slot(s).

o   For any of the alternatives:

§  No CRI is reported

§  FFS: Details, e.g., supported value(s) of K, m, other use cases for the AP-CSI-RS resources (e.g., for training filter coefficients, prediction or performance monitoring)

·        Support only one NZP CSI-RS resource for P or SP-CSI-RS-based channel measurement

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, the selection of N CSI-RS resources is performed by UE and reported as a part of CSI report where N{1,..., NTRP}

Note: This agreement does not impact the decision on Ln being configured by gNB or selected by UE

Note: per WID and previous agreement, the candidate values for NTRP of are 1, 2, 3, and 4.

Note: only one transmission hypothesis is reported. UE is not mandated to calculate CSI for multiple transmission hypotheses.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, when N4>1, if multiple candidates of Q value are supported, the value of Q is gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signalling.

 

Conclusion:

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, there is no consensus in supporting periodic, semi-persistent, and event-triggered/UE-initiated TDCP reporting.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 14th,

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding W2 quantization group, for each layer:

 

R1-2210507         Moderator summary#3 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: Round 2 Moderator (Samsung)

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 17th,

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, also support a constraint on the total number of non-zero coefficients (NZCs) summed across all layers:

 

Agreement

On the SD basis selection for Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, on the L parameter, down select from the following alternatives (by RAN1#111):

 

Agreement

On the CSI reporting and measurement for the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, support the following CSI-RS resource types/structures for CMR, support the following:

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th,

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding the codebook parameters, for a given CSI-RS resource, the supported value(s) of the following parameters follow the legacy (Rel-16 regular eType-II and Rel-17 PS FeType-II) specification:  

·        N1, N2, N3, O1, O2

·        M (only for design based on Rel-17 PS FeType-II)

For the following parameters, decide in RAN1#111 whether the supported value(s) follow the legacy (Rel-16 regular eType-II and Rel-17 PS FeType-II) specification or further refinement is needed:

·        R: including, e.g. supporting only R=1, or supporting larger R values

·        Mv/pv (Rel-16 regular eType-II): including, e.g. supporting smaller pv values such as {1/8, 1/4, 1/2} for v=1,2 and/or removing larger legacy value(s)

·        b: including, e.g. supporting smaller values such as {1/16, 1/8, 3/8}

Note: The outcome of Parameter Combination discussion will further restrict the supported combinations of parameter value(s)

FFS: For N>1, whether the maximum 2N1N2 (identical to the number of CSI-RS ports used for CMR) is limited to 32 just as in legacy specification

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding the bitmap(s) for indicating the locations of NZCs, down-select from the following alternatives for the size of the bitmap for CSI-RS resource n (Bn) (by RAN1#111):

·        Alt1. Analogous to legacy,    B  n =2      L  n    M  v,n (    M  v,n =      M  v for mode 2)

·        Alt2. Non-rectangular bitmap, i.e., NZC bitmap allowing different lengths for different SD/FD basis vectors.  

o   TBD: How to determine the lengths for different SD/FD basis vectors

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook for CJT mTRP, for mode-1, the number of FD basis vectors (Mv related to pv for Rel-16, M for Rel-17) is common across all N CSI-RS resources.

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, when N4>1, down-select from the following alternatives (by RAN1#111) for the orthogonal DFT DD basis:

·        Alt1. No rotation factor

·        Alt2. A rotation factor is selected for each SD basis vector

o   FFS: Supported values of rotation factor

Note: At least two companies opine that Alt2 is not aligned either with the agreement in RAN1#110bis-e or WID objective #1

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, for N4>1, study the supported values for Q from (but not limited to) the following candidates, in conjunction with the supported values of N4 and DD units:  

 

Agreement

On the CSI reporting and measurement for the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, when UE-side prediction is assumed, study the supported value(s) for δ and WCSI from (but not limited to) the following candidates, in conjunction with the supported values of N4 and DD units:

FFS: Dependence on sub-carrier spacing should also be studied

 

 

R1-2210523        Summary of TDCP Alternatives for Comparison   Moderator (Samsung)

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 20th,

Conclusion

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, the description in the 2nd and 3rd columns of Table 1 in R1-2210523 (“what to report” and “how to calculate”, respectively) will be used as a reference for further evaluation and down selection in RAN1#111, with the following edit (underlined and in red text):

·      Scheme B column 2: “Amplitude  vs. delay value , e.g. Non-zero quantized version of amplitude  for a number of delay values  (quantized amplitude vs delay) ….”

 

Final summary in R1-2210566.

9.1.3        Reference signal enhancement

9.1.3.1       Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports

Including increasing orthogonal DMRS ports for UL/DL MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO.

 

R1-2208375         On increasing the number of orthogonal DM-RS ports for MU-MIMO               FUTUREWEI

R1-2208442         Enhancements on DMRS in Rel-18 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2208496         Discussion on DMRS Enhancements             InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2208505         DMRS enhancement for UL/DL MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO   ZTE

R1-2208529         Discussions on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports   New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.

R1-2208542         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2208629         Discussion on DMRS enhancements             vivo

R1-2208743         Discussion of increased number of orthogonal  DMRS ports    Lenovo

R1-2208795         DMRS enhancement for Rel-18 MIMO         OPPO

R1-2208873         On DMRS Enhancement   Google

R1-2208894         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              LG Electronics

R1-2208948         Discussion on DMRS enhancements             CATT

R1-2209042         DMRS Enhancements for Rel-18 NR            Intel Corporation

R1-2209141         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    NEC

R1-2209259         Discussion on DMRS enhancement xiaomi

R1-2209323         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    CMCC

R1-2209382         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              Sharp

R1-2209495         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              MediaTek Inc.

R1-2209544         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2209571         Views on supporting increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports        Apple

R1-2209717         Views on DMRS enhancements      Samsung

R1-2209891         Discussion on DMRS enhancements             NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2209970         Design for increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports          Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2210064         Rel-18 UL and DL DMRS Enhancements     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2210078         On DMRS enhancement in Rel-18  Ericsson

 

[110bis-e-R18-MIMO-04] – Yuki (NTT DOCOMO)

Email discussion on DMRS enhancement by October 19

-        Check points: October 14, October 19

R1-2210263        FL summary on DMRS#1              Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From Oct 10th GTW session

Conclusion

·        For discussion purpose, definition of Rel.15 DMRS ports and Rel-18 DMRS ports are:

o   Rel.15 Type 1/Type 2 DMRS ports: DMRS ports with FD-OCC length =2.

o   Rel.18 eType 1/eType 2 DMRS ports: DMRS ports with FD-OCC length >2.

·        Following figure as an example shows difference between Rel.15 Type 1 DMRS ports and Rel.18 eType 1 DMRS ports.

 

Agreement

For more than 4 layers SU-MIMO PUSCH, support

·        Both Rel.15 Type 1/Type 2 DMRS ports and Rel.18 eType 1/eType 2 DMRS ports.

o   For UE supporting Rel.18 eType 1/eType 2 DMRS ports, UE can be indicated with either of Rel.15 Type 1/Type 2 DMRS ports or Rel.18 eType 1/eType 2 DMRS ports.

§  RRC based indication is supported as the baseline. FFS whether DCI based indication is further needed.

o   For UE not supporting Rel.18 eType 1/eType 2 DMRS ports, UE can be indicated with Rel.15 Type 1/Type 2 DMRS ports only.

Agreement

For enhanced FD-OCC length for DMRS of PDSCH/PUSCH for Rel.18 eType 1 DMRS, support

·        Opt.1-2: Length 4 FD-OCC is applied to 4 REs of DMRS within a PRB or across consecutive PRBs within an CDM group

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 12th,

Agreement

Confirm the working assumption in RAN1#110 with the following update:

·        To increase the number of DMRS ports for PDSCH/PUSCH, support at least Opt.1 (introduce larger FD-OCC length than Rel.15 (e.g. 4 or 6)). 

o   FFS: FD-OCC length for Rel.18 DMRS type 1 and type 2. 

o   FFS: Whether it is needed to handle potential performance issues of Opt 1. For example, study if there is performance loss in case of large delay spread scenario. If needed, how (e.g. additionally support other options). 

Agreement

For FD-OCC length 4 for DMRS of PDSCH/PUSCH for Rel.18 eType 1/eType 2 DMRS, support one from the following FD-OCCs (to be selected in RAN1#111):

·        Opt.1-1: Walsh matrix (Hadamard code):

FD-OCC index 

wf(0) 

wf(1) 

wf(2) 

wf(3) 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

-1 

+1 

-1 

+1 

+1 

-1 

-1 

+1 

-1 

-1 

+1 

·        Opt.1-2: Cyclic shift with {0, π, π/2, 3π/2}: 

FD-OCC index 

wf(0) 

wf(1) 

wf(2) 

wf(3) 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

-1 

+1 

-1 

+1 

+j 

-1 

-j 

+1 

-j 

-1 

+j 

 

Agreement

For Rel.18 eType 1/eType 2 DMRS ports of PDSCH/PUSCH with FD-OCC length 4, association between DMRS port indexes, CDM group index, FD-OCC index, and TD-OCC index (across consecutive DMRS symbols, if any) are determined by the following Table 1 and Table 2. 

·        The p in Table 1 and Table 2 corresponds to DMRS port index for PUSCH.  

·        DMRS port index for PDSCH is determined by p +1000 in Table 1 and Table 2. 

Table 1. Rel.18 eType 1 DMRS ports for PUSCH 

p

CDM group index

FD-OCC index

TD-OCC index

0

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

2

1

0

0

3

1

1

0

4

0

0

1

5

0

1

1

6

1

0

1

7

1

1

1

8

0

2

0

9

0

3

0

10

1

2

0

11

1

3

0

12

0

2

1

13

0

3

1

14

1

2

1

15

1

3

1

 

Table 2. Rel.18 eType 2 DMRS ports for PUSCH 

p

CDM group index

FD-OCC index

TD-OCC index

0

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

2

1

0

0

3

1

1

0

4

2

0

0

5

2

1

0

6

0

0

1

7

0

1

1

8

1

0

1

9

1

1

1

10

2

0

1

11

2

1

1

12

0

2

0

13

0

3

0

14

1

2

0

15

1

3

0

16

2

2

0

17

2

3

0

18

0

2

1

19

0

3

1

20

1

2

1

21

1

3

1

22

2

2

1

23

2

3

1

 

 

R1-2210264         FL summary on DMRS#2 Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

R1-2210407        FL summary on DMRS#3              Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From Oct 18th GTW session

Agreement

For FD-OCC length 4 in Rel.18 eType 1 DMRS for PDSCH, support the following: 

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 19th,

Conclusion

For FD-OCC length 4 in Rel.18 eType 1 DMRS for PUSCH,

·        No spec. enhancement is needed to handle orphan RE issue (e.g. if the total number of REs of DMRS in a CDM group is not multiples of 4, how to handle the remainder of REs), because gNB (receiver) can decide whether the scheduling restriction is needed or not. 

 

Final summary in R1-2210408.

9.1.3.2       SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation

R1-2208376         SRS enhancements for TDD CJT and 8TX operation FUTUREWEI

R1-2208443         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and UL 8Tx operation in Rel-18           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2208497         Discussion on SRS Enhancements  InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2208506         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       ZTE

R1-2208543         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2208630         Discussion on SRS enhancement    vivo

R1-2208744         Discussion of SRS enhancement     Lenovo

R1-2208796         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       OPPO

R1-2208874         On SRS Enhancement       Google

R1-2208895         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       LG Electronics

R1-2208949         Discussion on SRS enhancement    CATT

R1-2209043         Discussion on SRS enhancement in Rel-18   Intel Corporation

R1-2209091         Considerations on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               Sony

R1-2209142         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2209260         Discussion on SRS enhancements   xiaomi

R1-2209324         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               CMCC

R1-2209383         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       Sharp

R1-2209434         Views on enhanced SRS configuration for 8TX and TDD CJT KDDI Corporation

R1-2209572         Views on Rel-18 MIMO SRS enhancement  Apple

R1-2209623         On SRS enhancements targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation              Ericsson

R1-2209718         Views on SRS enhancements          Samsung

R1-2209892         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2209971         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8 Tx operation   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2210065         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8Tx operation    Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2210106         Discussion on SRS Enhancements for 8Tx Operation CEWiT

 

[110bis-e-R18-MIMO-05] – Jialing (Futurewei)

Email discussion on SRS enhancement by October 19

-        Check points: October 14, October 19

R1-2210382        FL Summary #1 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From Oct 11th GTW session

Agreement

Support at least one of the following for SRS interference randomization

 

 

R1-2210383        FL Summary #2 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From Oct 14th GTW session

Agreement

For comb offset hopping for SRS and for randomized code-domain resource mapping for SRS transmission via cyclic shift hopping / randomization, further study the following:

·        The hopping pattern (e.g., the pseudo-random sequence, time-domain granularity for hopping)

·        The time-domain parameter and/or behavior (e.g., slot index, symbol index, re-initialization behavior)

·        Network-configured ID for UE-specific initialization

·        How the comb offset / cyclic shift value is determined by the parameters for each SRS port of a SRS resource for a SRS transmission occasion

·        Potential issue on multiplexing with legacy UEs if CS hopping and/or comb offset hopping are enabled

·        Applicability to periodic/semi-persistent/aperiodic SRS

Other details are not excluded

 

Agreement

For SRS TD OCC for SRS enhancements for TDD CJT, study:

·        Comparison against SRS on 1 OFDM symbol

·        Comparison against SRS repeated on multiple OFDM symbols

·        Study the following aspects: evaluation performance, SRS overhead, per-symbol per-port transmission power, impact of channel delay, dropping rules of collision with other uplink resource, etc.

Conclusion

The discussion of resource mapping for SRS transmission based on network-provided parameters or system parameters is merged into the discussions of other SRS enhancements for TDD CJT.

 

 

R1-2210384        FL Summary #3 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From Oct 18th GTW session

Agreement

For per-TRP power control and/or power control of one or multiple SRS transmission occasions towards to multiple TRPs, study the options for an SRS resource set:

·        Option 1:

o   Same power control process for all SRS resources of an SRS resource set where the power control process is based on one Po value and one closed loop state and jointly on more than one DL pathloss RS and/or more than one alpha

o   Each transmission occasion of the SRS resource is towards multiple TRPs

·        Option 2:

o   More than 1 power control processes each for a subset of SRS resource of an SRS resource set where each of the power control process is based on a different UL power control parameter set (Po, alpha, and closed loop state) associated with a different DL pathloss RS

o   Different transmission occasions of the SRS resource can be towards different TRPs

Agreement

For an 8-port SRS resource in a SRS resource set ‘antennaSwitching’ (i.e., for 8T8R antenna switching), when the SRS resource is configured with m OFDM symbols (m >= 1), at least support the 8 ports mapped onto each of the m OFDM symbols using legacy schemes (repetition, frequency hopping, partial sounding, or a combination thereof).

·        m takes the legacy values, i.e., 1,2,4,8,10,12,14.

Agreement

For one single SRS resource in a SRS resource set with usage ‘codebook’ for 8Tx PUSCH, when the SRS resource is configured with n ports (n <= 8) and m OFDM symbols (m >= 1), at least support the n ports mapped onto each of the m OFDM symbols using legacy schemes (repetition, frequency hopping, partial sounding, or a combination thereof).

·        n can be 8

·        m takes the legacy values, i.e., 1,2,4,8,10,12,14.

Conclusion

·        No further discussion of increasing the maximum number of cyclic shifts for CJT SRS.

·        No further discussion of partial frequency sounding extensions for CJT SRS.

 

Final summary in R1-2210711.

9.1.4        Enhanced uplink transmission

R1-2209092         Considerations on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission               Sony

9.1.4.1       UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission

R1-2208444         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2208498         Further Discussion for Uplink Multi-panel Transmission          InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2208507         Enhancements on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission              ZTE

R1-2208544         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2208631         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     vivo

R1-2208678         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Ericsson

R1-2208745         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Lenovo

R1-2208797         Transmission scheme and UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission               OPPO

R1-2208875         On Simultaneous Multi-Panel Transmission Google

R1-2208896         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission LG Electronics

R1-2208950         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission CATT

R1-2209009         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Fujitsu

R1-2209044         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Intel Corporation

R1-2209143         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     NEC

R1-2209261         Enhancements on multi-panel uplink transmission      xiaomi

R1-2209325         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     CMCC

R1-2209384         Views on UL multi-panel transmission         Sharp

R1-2209496         Simultaneous transmission across multiple UE panels MediaTek Inc.

R1-2209549         On UL precoding indication for simultaneous multi-panel transmission Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2209573         Views on UL precoding indication for multi-panel simultaneous transmissions               Apple

R1-2209719         Views on UL precoding indication for STxMP            Samsung

R1-2209893         Discussion on multi-panel transmission        NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2209972         Simultaneous multi-panel transmission         Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2210026         UL precoding for multi-panel transmission   PANASONIC

R1-2210066         Precoder Indication for Multi-Panel UL Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[110bis-e-R18-MIMO-06] – Li (OPPO)

Email discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel TX by October 19

-        Check points: October 14, October 19

R1-2210305        Summary #1 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

From Oct 11th GTW session

Agreement

·        Reuse the DCI field ‘Antenna Ports’ in DCI format 0_1 and 0_2 to indicate DMRS ports for SDM scheme of single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH:

o   The total numbers of layers, L, indicated by two TPMI fields of CB PUSCH or two SRI fields of NCB PUSCH is used to determine the DMRS port indication table.

o   L1 of the indicated DMRS ports are associated with the L1 PUSCH layers which are indicated by the first TPMI field for CB PUSCH or the first SRI field for NCB PUSCH and the rest L- L1 of the indicated DMRS ports are associated with the L-L1 PUSCH layers which are indicated by the second TPMI field for CB PUSCH or the second SRI field for the NCB PUSCH.

§  FFS: how to partition the indicated DMRS ports among the PUSCH layers.

·        Down-select one from the following two Alts for SDM scheme in RAN1#111:

o   Alt1: the DMRS ports associated with two TPMI/SRI fields must be in different CDM groups.

o   Alt2: the DMRS ports associated with two TPMI/SRI fields can be in same or different CDM groups.

Agreement

Support STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH transmission in multi-DCI based system in Rel-18.

·        Two independent PUSCHs associated with different TRPs can be transmitted by a UE simultaneously in same active BWP.

·        The total number of layers of these two PUSCHs is up to 4.

·        FFS: whether the number of layers of each of these two PUSCHs is up to 2.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,

Agreement

For SDM scheme of single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH

 

 

R1-2210306        Summary #2 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

From Oct 14th GTW session

Agreement

Regarding the TPMI/SRI indication for multi-DCI based STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH:

·        Configure two SRS resource sets for CB or NCB.

o   FFS: Whether/how to associate coresetPoolIndex with SRS resource set implicitly or explicitly.

o   FFS: the maximal number of configured/indicated SRS resources in each set for NCB/CB

o   FFS: the maximal number of SRS ports in each set for CB.

·        FFS: Separate codebooks and separate maxRanks are configured for different SRS resource sets.

·        For type 1 CG-PUSCH (if supported), FFS how to associate the PUSCH with one TRP

o   e.g., configure a coresetPoolIndex value in a type 1 CG-PUSCH

o   e.g., use a single CG to configure two type 1 CG PUSCHs for STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH

Agreement

Support dynamic switching between SDM scheme of single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH and sTRP transmission

FFS the indication of dynamic switching

FFS: max number of layers when switching to sTRP transmission

 

Agreement

Support SFN-based transmission scheme for STxMP PUSCH transmission in single-DCI based mTRP system in Rel-18.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 14th,

Agreement

Support to configure up to 2 PTRS ports for SDM scheme of single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH transmission:

·        For 2 PTRS ports, Ports 0 and 1 are associated with one DMRS port of two different panels respectively Study how to use the ‘PTRS-DMRS association’ field in DCI format 0_1 and 0_2 to indicate the PTRS-DMRS association for SDM scheme.

 

R1-2210307        Summary #3 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

From Oct 18th GTW session

Agreement

For the switching between SDM scheme of single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH and Rel-17 mTRP PUSCH TDM scheme, Alt2 is supported. FFS whether Alt1 is supported in addition to Alt2.

 

Agreement

The multi-DCI based STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH transmission supports fully/partially/non-overlapping in frequency domain and fully/partially overlapping in time domain.

 

Agreement

Multi-DCI based STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH transmission at least supports the following PUSCH combinations:

·        DG-PUSCH + DG-PUSCH

·        CG-PUSCH + DG-PUSCH

9.1.4.22       SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission

To support up to 4 or more layers per UE in UL targeting CPE/FWA/vehicle/industrial devices.

 

R1-2208445         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2208499         Enhanced SRI/TPMI for 8TX UE    InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2208508         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    ZTE

R1-2208545         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2208632         Discussion on enabling 8 TX UL transmission            vivo

R1-2208746         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8TX UL transmission     Lenovo

R1-2208798         SRI TPMI enhancement for 8 TX UL transmission    OPPO

R1-2208876         On SRI/TPMI Indication for 8Tx Transmission          Google

R1-2208897         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    LG Electronics

R1-2208951         Codebook and SRI/TPMI enhancement for UL 8 TX  CATT

R1-2209045         Discussion on enhancement for 8Tx UL transmission Intel Corporation

R1-2209093         Discussion on enhancement for 8Tx UL transmission Sony

R1-2209144         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement         NEC

R1-2209262         Enhancements on 8Tx uplink transmission   xiaomi

R1-2209326         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               CMCC

R1-2209385         Views on 8 TX UL transmission     Sharp

R1-2209497         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 Tx UL transmission     MediaTek Inc.

R1-2209574         Views on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission  Apple

R1-2209671         SRI/TPMI Enhancement for Enabling 8 TX UL Transmission Ericsson

R1-2209720         Views on TPMI/SRI enhancements for 8Tx UL transmission   Samsung

R1-2209894         Discussion on 8 TX UL transmission            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2209973         Enhancements for 8 Tx UL transmissions     Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2210067         UL enhancements for enabling 8Tx UL transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

[110bis-e-R18-MIMO-07] – Afshin (InterDigital)

Email discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL by October 19

-        Check points: October 14, October 19

R1-2210376        FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; First Round    Moderator (InterDigital)

From Oct 11th GTW session

 

Agreement

Support the following cases for codebook design for 8TX precoders

·        Full coherent precoders with Ng=1

o   FFS: Full coherent precoders with Ng=2, Ng=4

·        Partial coherent precoders with Ng=2 and Ng=4

o   This does not imply any relation with the number of TPMI indications for 8TX precoder

·        Non-coherent precoders

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 13th,

Agreement

For codebook design of an 8TX partial-coherent UE, configured with an 8-port SRS resource

 

Agreement

For SRI and/or transmitter precoder matrix indication for codebook-based uplink transmission by an 8TX UE, study

 

Agreement

In Rel-18, on support of full power operation by a partial/non-coherent 8TX UE configured with codebook-based transmission:

·        Identify and agree on at least one potential PA architecture by RAN1#111.

 

R1-2210377        FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; Second Round Moderator (InterDigital)

From Oct 14th GTW session

Agreement

For 8TX UE codebook-based uplink transmission,

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 15th,

Agreement

For SRS configuration required for non-codebook-based UL transmission by an 8TX UE, Alt1 is supported, that is

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on Oct 18th,

Agreement

For SRS configuration supporting codebook -based UL transmission for an 8TX UE ,  

 

 

R1-2210378        FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; Third Round  Moderator (InterDigital)

From Oct 18th GTW session

Working Assumption

For uplink transmission with rank>4, support dual CW transmission.

 

Agreement

If dual CW is supported for uplink transmission with Rank>4 by an 8TX UE, reuse DL Rel-15 codeword to layer mapping for both codebook-based and non-codebook-based transmission.

 

 

For information:

R1-2210379         Recommended Direction on SRI/TPMI Enhancements for RAN1#111  Moderator (InterDigital)


 RAN1#111

9.1       NR MIMO evolution for downlink and uplink

Please refer to RP-213598 for detailed scope of the WI.

 

[111-R18-MIMO] – Eko (Samsung)

To be used for sharing updates on online/offline schedule, details on what is to be discussed in online/offline sessions, tdoc number of the moderator summary for online session, etc

9.1.1        Multi-TRP enhancement

9.1.1.1       Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP

Including extension for indication of multiple DL/UL TCI states, simultaneous multi-panel UL transmission, and power control for UL single DCI.

 

R1-2210845         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        FUTUREWEI

R1-2210911         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2210925         Further Discussion on Unified TCI Extension for MTRP          InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2210935         Enhancements on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        ZTE

R1-2210990         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              vivo

R1-2211051         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Ericsson

R1-2211070         Views on unified TCI extension for MTRP   Fujitsu

R1-2211114         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for M-TRP operation  Hyundai Motor Company

R1-2211167         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP operation               CATT

R1-2211217         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        PANASONIC

R1-2211219         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2211290         Discussion of unified TCI framework for multi-TRP  Lenovo

R1-2211334         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        xiaomi

R1-2211382         Unified TCI Framework for Multi-TRP        Intel Corporation

R1-2211425         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        OPPO

R1-2211512         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Transsion Holdings

R1-2211588         Multi-TRP enhancements for the unified TCI framework         Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2211664         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              CMCC

R1-2211797         Extension of unified TCI framework for multi-TRP   Apple

R1-2211859         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP/panel            LG Electronics

R1-2211880         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              FGI

R1-2211886         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Sharp

R1-2211969         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2212026         Views on unified TCI extension focusing on m-TRP  Samsung

R1-2212099         Extension of unified TCI framework for mTRP           Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2212167         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2212211         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Google

R1-2212236         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        MediaTek Inc.

R1-2212333         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              ITRI

R1-2212352         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              NEC

R1-2212376         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP operation            TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2212420         Discussion on Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP             CEWiT

 

R1-2212522        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 0)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From Nov 14th session

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, a DCI field in DCI format 1_1/1_2 that schedules/activates PDSCH reception is used to determine which one or both of the indicated joint/DL TCI states shall be applied to the scheduled/activated PDSCH reception

·        The presence of the DCI field is configurable by RRC; when the DCI field is not present in DCI format 1_1/1_2, the UE shall apply the default indicated joint/DL TCI state(s) to PDSCH reception

·        FFS: The DCI field is a new indicator field or an existing field (e.g., the existing TCI field)

FFS: How to apply the indicated joint/DL TCI state(s) to PDSCH reception scheduled/activated by DCI format 1_0.

Above applies for the case where PDSCHs scheduled by the same DCI.

 

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, use RRC configuration to inform that the UE shall apply the first one, the second one, or both of the indicated joint/UL TCI states to a PUCCH resource/group

·        Note: Detail of the RRC configuration is left to RAN2 design

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, in one beam indication instance, the existing TCI field in DCI format 1_1/1_2 (with or without DL assignment) can indicate joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) for one or both of the two TRPs in a CC/BWP or a set of CCs/BWPs in a CC list

·           FFS: Increase on the size of the TCI field

·           Note: The term TRP is used only for discussion purpose in RAN1 and whether/how to capture this is FFS

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension, PDSCH-CJT is supported as a S-DCI based MTRP scheme

Note: Above does not preclude discussions specific to PDSCH-CJT design in the unified TCI framework

 

 

R1-2212759        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 1)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From Nov 16th session

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension, down-select at least one of the following alternatives for PDSCH-CJT applying both indicated joint TCI states (if the UE supports two indicated joint/DL states for PDSCH-CJT):

·        Alt1: PDSCH DMRS port(s) is QCLed with the DL RSs of both indicated joint TCI states with respect to QCL-TypeA

·        Alt2: PDSCH DMRS port(s) is QCLed with the DL RSs of both indicated joint TCI states with respect to QCL-TypeA except for QCL parameters {Doppler shift, Doppler spread} of the second indicated joint TCI state

·        Alt3: PDSCH DMRS port(s) is QCLed with the DL RS of the first indicated joint TCI state with respect to QCL-TypeA and QCLed with the DL RS of the second indicated joint TCI state with respect to QCL-TypeB

Agreement (modified as shown in Nov17th session)

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, use Use an indicator field (could be reusing an existing DCI field or introducing a new DCI field) in the DCI format 0_1/0_2 to inform which joint/UL TCI state(s) indicated by MAC-CE/DCI the UE shall apply to PUSCH transmission scheduled/activated by the DCI format 0_1/0_2.

 

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for M-DCI based MTRP, the same configuration/rule used in Rel-17 unified TCI framework (for determining whether the UE shall apply the indicated joint/DL TCI state to PDCCH on a CORESET and respective PDSCH) is reused to determine whether the UE shall apply the indicated joint/DL TCI state specific to a coresetPoolIndex value to PDCCH on a CORESET associated with the same coresetPoolIndex value and PDSCH scheduled/activated by the PDCCH.

 

 

R1-2212878        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 2)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From Nov 17th session

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for M-DCI based MTRP, the UE shall apply the indicated joint/UL TCI state specific to a coresetPoolIndex value to PUSCH transmission scheduled/activated by PDCCH (including DG-PUSCH and Type2 CG-PUSCH) on a CORESET that is associated with the same coresetPoolIndex value.

 

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, a new indicator field is supported as the DCI field in DCI format 1_1/1_2 that schedules/activates PDSCH reception to determine which one or both of the indicated joint/DL TCI states shall be applied to the scheduled/activated PDSCH reception

·        FFS: Detail design of the new indicator field

9.1.1.2       Two TAs for multi-DCI

R1-2210846         Enhancements to support two TAs for multi-DCI       FUTUREWEI

R1-2210912         Study on TA enhancement for UL M-TRP transmssion             Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2210926         Enhanced Operation of mTRP with Multiple TA         InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2210936         TA enhancement for multi-DCI       ZTE

R1-2210991         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI-based multi-TRP operation         vivo

R1-2211052         Two TAs for multi-DCI    Ericsson

R1-2211168         Discussion on Two TAs for UL multi-TRP operation CATT

R1-2211220         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based multi-TRP            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2211291         Discussion of two TAs for multi-DCI UL transmission             Lenovo

R1-2211335         Discussion on two TAs for multi-TRP operation         xiaomi

R1-2211383         On two TAs for multi-DCI Intel Corporation

R1-2211426         Two TAs for multi-DCI    OPPO

R1-2211513         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation          Transsion Holdings

R1-2211576         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based on multi-TRP operation     TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2211665         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           CMCC

R1-2211798         Two TAs for multi-DCI based Uplink Transmissions Apple

R1-2211860         Two TAs for multi-TRP/panel         LG Electronics

R1-2211970         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2212027         Views on two TAs for m-DCI          Samsung

R1-2212100         Supporting two TAs for multi-DCI based mTRP         Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2212168         Two TAs for UL multi-DCI multi-TRP operation       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2212187         Two TAs for multi-DCI    Sharp

R1-2212212         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           Google

R1-2212237         UL Tx Timing Management for MTRP Operation      MediaTek Inc.

R1-2212353         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           NEC

 

R1-2212589        Moderator Summary #1 on Two TAs for multi-DCI            Moderator (Ericsson)

From Nov 14th session

Working Assumption

For multi-DCI based inter-cell Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, one additional PRACH configuration is supported for each configured additional PCI

·           the additional PRACH configuration is used in a RACH procedure triggered by a PDCCH order for the corresponding configured additional PCI

Agreement

For multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, support CFRA triggered by PDCCH order for both intra-cell and inter-cell cases.

 

 

R1-2212775        Moderator Summary #2 on Two TAs for multi-DCI            Moderator (Ericsson)

From Nov 16th session

Agreement

For multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, support the case where a PDCCH order sent by one TRP triggers RACH procedure towards either the same TRP or a different TRP at least for inter-cell Multi-DCI.

·        FFS: for intra-cell Multi-DCI

·        FFS: whether there are any restrictions needed

·        FFS: if cross TRP RACH triggering is an optional feature

 

R1-2212862        Moderator Summary #3 on Two TAs for multi-DCI            Moderator (Ericsson)

From Nov 17th session

Conclusion

For multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, there is no consensus to support enhancements for CBRA triggered by PDCCH order.

 

Conclusion

For multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, it is up to RAN2 to decide whether there is a need to enhance CBRA procedure to support per TRP UE-initiated RACH procedure.

R1-2212957        [Draft] LS on Multi-DCI Multi-TRP with two TAs Ericsson

Decision: As per decision on Nov 18th, the draft LS is endorsed. Final LS is approved in R1-2213004.

9.1.2        CSI enhancement

Including CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT (CJT).

 

R1-2210913         CSI enhancement for coherent JT and mobility           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2210927         Discussion on CSI Enhancements for CJT and Medium/High UE Velocities               InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2210937         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       ZTE

R1-2210992         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high-medium UE velocities and coherent JT vivo

R1-2211118         On CSI Enhancement        Google

R1-2211169         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         CATT

R1-2211221         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2211292         Discussion of CSI enhancement for high speed UE and coherent JT       Lenovo

R1-2211336         Views on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT     xiaomi

R1-2211384         On CSI enhancements       Intel Corporation

R1-2211427         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         OPPO

R1-2211587         CSI enhancements for medium UE velocities and coherent JT Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2211603         Further considerations on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT               Sony

R1-2211666         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and  CJT               CMCC

R1-2211799         Views on Rel-18 MIMO CSI enhancement   Apple

R1-2211861         Potential CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         LG Electronics

R1-2211887         CSI enhancement Sharp

R1-2211939         Views on CSI Enhancements for CJT            AT&T

R1-2211971         Discussion on CSI enhancement     NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2212029         Summary of OFFLINE discussion on Rel-18 MIMO CSI          Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2212030         Views on CSI enhancements           Samsung

R1-2212101         CSI enhancements for medium UE velocities and Coherent-JT Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2212169         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2212697         On CSI enhancements for Rel-18 NR MIMO evolution            Ericsson (rev of R1-2212174)

R1-2212232         CSI Enhancements             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2212276         Discussion on CSI enhancement     Mavenir

R1-2212348         Discussion on CSI enhancement     NEC

 

R1-2212028        Moderator summary on Rel-18 CSI enhancements Moderator (Samsung)

From Nov 14th session

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, the values of the following codebook parameters are gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signaling and common across all N CSI-RS resources:

 

Conclusion

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for mode-1 and mode-2, there is no consensus on introducing additional/explicit per-CSI-RS-resource amplitude scaling and/or co-phase (with separate alphabet set(s)) as additional PMI component(s).

·           Note: This conclusion has no impact on the Working Assumption reached in RAN1#110bis-e regarding W2 quantization group

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding the codebook parameter R, the supported value(s) from the legacy specification are reused.

·           FFS: whether additional value 4 can also be added

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding the codebook parameter b, introduce as a candidate value b = 1/8 in addition to the supported value(s) from the legacy specification.

·           FFS (by RAN1#111): whether additional value 1 can also be added

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding the codebook parameter pv, in addition to the supported value(s) from the legacy specification for Rel-16 regular eType-II codebook, introduce as a candidate value

FFS (by RAN1#111): whether additional value pv = 1/2 for v=1,2,3,4 can also be added

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP:

·        The maximum value of 2NN1N2 is 128

o   The support of 2NN1N2 >32 is UE optional for UEs supporting Rel-18 CJT CSI enhancement

·        Note: Following the legacy specification on the maximum number of NZP CSI-RS ports per CSI-RS resource, the maximum value of 2N1N2 is 32.

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, on the L parameter, down select from the following alternatives (by RAN1#111):

FFS (by RAN1#111):

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for mode-1, study and down select (no later than RAN1#112) only one from the following schemes:

For all the above alternatives, the legacy FD basis selection indication scheme is applied on each selected FD basis.

Note: Per previous agreements, the number of selected FS basis vectors (Mv/pv or M) is gNB-configured via higher-layer signaling and common across the N CSI-RS resources

 

Conclusion

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, there is no consensus on applying DD unit for CQI. Therefore, DD unit (of size d slots) is applied only to PMI.

·        Note: This conclusion has no impact on the number of CQIs included in one CSI reporting instance (a separate issue to be decided separately)

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities,

·        For PMI, DD unit duration of d (in slots) is the duration associated with each of the N4 W2 matrices (combining coefficients before DD compression at the UE, or after DD de-compression at the gNB).

·        TBD (by RAN1#111): The time instance and/or PMI(s) in which a CQI is associated with, given the CSI reporting window WCSI (in slots), and the number of CQI(s) X included in a CSI report.

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, for N4>1, regarding the parameter Q, at least Q=2 is supported.

·        FFS: Whether Q=3 and/or Q=4 are also supported as other candidate value(s), as well as the supported Parameter Combination(s)

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, the parameter WCSI (in slots) is determined as follows: WCSI = dN4

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, the parameter N4 (length of DFT vector, unit-less) is gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signalling at least from the following set of candidate values: {1, 2, 4}

·        FFS: If additional candidate value(s) of N4 are supported, e.g. 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 16, 32, as well as the supported Parameter Combination(s)

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, the parameter K (the number of AP-CSI-RS resources for the CMR) is gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signalling at least from the following set of candidate values: {4, 8}

·        FFS: If additional candidate value(s) of K are supported, e.g. 5, 12, 16, also taking into account other use cases (e.g. for training filter coefficients, prediction or performance monitoring) and TDD

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, the parameter m (offset between two AP-CSI-RS resources for the CMR, in slots) is gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signalling from the following set of candidate values: {1, 2}

·        FFS: Whether 4, 5, 8, 12, and/or 16 are also supported as other candidate value(s)

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the bitmap(s) for indicating the locations of the NZCs, support the following:

FFS: Further overhead reduction on bitmap(s)

FFS: Whether the number of NZCs is upper bounded across all DD basis vectors or per DD basis vector

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities,

·        The definition and supported values for each of the SD/FD codebook parameters follow the legacy specification.

o   FFS: The supported parameter combinations considering SD, FD, and DD codebook parameters

·        For N4=1, the legacy quantization is fully reused.

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, for N4=1, one CSI reporting instance includes a single  per layer, a single , and a single .

 

Conclusion

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, when N4>1, there is no consensus in introducing rotation factor (selected for each SD basis vector) as an additional PMI component.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, in one CSI reporting instance, for a given CQI sub-band, at least support including one CQI

·        FFS: The association of the CQI with PMI(s) and/or slot(s) within one duration of CSI reporting window WCSI

·        FFS: The support for including more than one CQIs

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, the parameter δ (in slots) is gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signalling from a set of the following candidate values:

 

 

R1-2212721         Moderator Summary on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: Tuesday offline session               Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2212706        Moderator Summary#2 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: Round 1        Moderator (Samsung)

From Nov 16th session

Conclusion:

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding the codebook parameter , there is no consensus in supporting the additional value of 1.

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding the codebook parameter pv, support the additional value of pv=1/2 for v=1,2,3,4 with the following condition:

·        Only to be used in combination with other parameter value(s) to limit the increase in PMI overhead comparable to the maximum overhead of the legacy Rel-16/17 Type-II codebooks (exact parameter combination(s) FFS).

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding the bitmap(s) for indicating the locations of NZCs, reuse the legacy design. This implies that the size of the bitmap for selected CSI-RS resource n (Bn) is,  

Agreement

On the W2 coefficient quantization scheme for the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for N=3 and N=4, just as N=2, reuse the following components of the legacy Rel-16/17 per-coefficient quantization scheme:

·        Alphabets for amplitude and phase

·        Quantization of phase and quantization of differential amplitude relative to a reference, reference amplitude (with SCI determining the location of one reference amplitude), where the reference is defined for each layer and each “group” of coefficients

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the time instance and/or PMI(s) in which a CQI is associated with, given the CSI reporting window WCSI (in slots), assuming 1 CQI in one sub-band and one CSI reporting instance, down-select (by RAN1#112) one from the following alternatives:

Note: The N4 W2 matrices represent the combining coefficients before DD compression at the UE, or after DD de-compression at the gNB.

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, decide by RAN1#112 whether including X>1 CQIs in one sub-band and one CSI reporting instance are supported.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, for N4>1, regarding parameter Q, decide in RAN1#112 whether to support the additional values of 3 and/or 4.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the parameter δ (in slots), support the additional value of 2.

·        FFS (by RAN1#112): For the last supported additional value, down select between 1, 3, 4, and 5.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the parameter N4 (length of DFT vector, unit-less), support 8 as an additional candidate value.

·        The candidate values supported by UE are reported via UE capability (details can be discussed in UE feature).

 

Conclusion:

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the parameter m (offset between two AP-CSI-RS resources for the CMR, there is no consensus in supporting additional candidate value(s).

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding the SD basis selection, for a configured value of NTRP, a set of NL combinations of values for {L1, ..., LNTRP} is gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signaling

FFS: Whether the set of NL combinations of values for {L1, ..., LNTRP} can be implicitly derived

Following the legacy design, for all the selected N CSI-RS resources, the SD basis oversampling group for each CSI-RS resource is indicated in CSI part 2 using an indicator selected from a set of O1O2 codepoints.

 

 

From Nov 17th session

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the parameter d (in slots),

If more than one candidate values of d are supported, the value of d is gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signalling

 

R1-2212819        Moderator Summary#3 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: Round 2        Moderator (Samsung)

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, down select only one of the following alternatives by RAN1#112:

Down-selection is to done based on, at least, the (single-)user throughput (LLS) performance comparison among the alternatives assuming:

·        Three special cases of an agreed use case (companies can select only one or more): aiding gNB to determine switching between Type-I and Rel-16 eType-II codebooks, or to determine SRS periodicity in the UL-SRS reciprocity-based precoding scheme; or aiding the gNB implementation in CSI prediction for TDD

o   In their simulations on switching between Type-I and Rel-16 eType-II codebooks, companies should state how to calculate the metric for the determination and how to set the threshold, and what the UE reports.

o   In their simulations on UL-SRS reciprocity-based precoding scheme, companies should state how to set the SRS periodicity based on the reported metrics, and what the UE reports; and the results should be displayed in terms of user throughput vs SRS overhead

o   In their simulations on CSI prediction for TDD, the results should be the correlation between real channel and predicted channel, and what the UE reports; aided by the reported metric.

o   Other scenarios of the agreed use cases can optionally be simulated

·        Based on the agreed EVM for sTRP and mTRP

Note: Different alternatives may or may not apply to different use cases 

FFS: The need for a measure of confidence level in the TDCP report, and/or UE behaviour when the quality of TDCP measurement is not sufficiently high

FFS: TDCP parameter(s) signalled with respect to each alternative

 

R1-2212870         Moderator Summary on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: Thursday offline session               Moderator (Samsung)

9.1.3        Reference signal enhancement

9.1.3.1       Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports

Including increasing orthogonal DMRS ports for UL/DL MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO.

 

R1-2210847         On increasing the number of orthogonal DM-RS ports for MU-MIMO               FUTUREWEI

R1-2210914         Enhancements on DMRS in Rel-18 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2210928         Discussion on DMRS Enhancements             InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2210934         Discussions on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports   New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.

R1-2210938         DMRS enhancement for UL/DL MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO   ZTE

R1-2210993         Discussion on DMRS enhancements             vivo

R1-2211119         On DMRS Enhancement   Google

R1-2211170         On DMRS enhancements in Rel-18 CATT

R1-2211222         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2211293         Discussion of increased number of orthogonal  DMRS ports    Lenovo

R1-2211337         Discussion on DMRS enhancement xiaomi

R1-2211385         DMRS Enhancements for Rel-18 NR            Intel Corporation

R1-2211428         DMRS enhancement for Rel-18 MIMO         OPPO

R1-2211586         On increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports        Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2211667         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    CMCC

R1-2211771         On increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports for MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO   Ericsson

R1-2211800         Views on supporting increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports        Apple

R1-2211862         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              LG Electronics

R1-2211888         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              Sharp

R1-2211972         Discussion on DMRS enhancements             NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2212031         Views on DMRS enhancements      Samsung

R1-2212102         Design for increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports          Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2212170         Rel-18 UL and DL DMRS Enhancements     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2212233         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              MediaTek Inc.

R1-2212349         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    NEC

 

R1-2212523        FL summary#1 on DMRS              Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From Nov 14th session

Agreement

For FD-OCC length 4 for PDSCH/PUSCH, select the following:

·        Opt.1-1 (Walsh matrix) for PDSCH

·        Opt.1-2 (Cyclic shift) for PUSCH

 

R1-2212524        FL summary#2 on DMRS              Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From Nov 14th session

Agreement

 

Agreement

 

 

R1-2212760        FL summary#3 on DMRS              Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From Nov 17th session

Agreement

For length 2 TD-OCC (across consecutive DMRS symbols, if any) for DMRS of PDSCH/PUSCH for Rel.18 eType 1/2 DMRS, support Opt.1:

·        Opt.1:

TD-OCC index

Wt(0)

Wt(1)

0

+1

+1

1

+1

-1

 

Agreement

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-25B: PTRS-DMRS association for UL PTRS port 0

Value

DMRS port

0

1st scheduled DMRS port with the CW with the higher MCS

1

2nd scheduled DMRS port the CW with the higher MCS

2

3rd scheduled DMRS port the CW with the higher MCS

3

4th scheduled DMRS port the CW with the higher MCS

o   Alt.2: The size of PTRS-DMRS association field is 3bit in DCI format 0_1/0_2, and the following PTRS-DMRS association for UL PTRS port 0 is specified in TS38.212.

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-25B: PTRS-DMRS association for UL PTRS port 0

Value

DMRS port

0

1st scheduled DMRS port

1

2nd scheduled DMRS port

2

3rd scheduled DMRS port

3

4th scheduled DMRS port

4

5th scheduled DMRS port

5

6th scheduled DMRS port

6

7th scheduled DMRS port

7

8th scheduled DMRS port

 

Agreement

 

Table 7.3.1.2.2-1-X: Antenna port(s) (1000 + DMRS port), dmrs-Type=eType1, maxLength=1

One Codeword:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 disabled

Two Codewords:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 enabled

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Notes

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Notes

0

[1]

[0]

Cat. 1

[0]

[2]

[0,1,2,3,8]

[Rank 5-8 with one DMRS symbol]

1

[1]

[1]

[1]

[2]

[0,1,2,3,8,10]

2

[1]

[0,1]

[2]

[2]

[0,1,2,3,8,9,10]

3

2

0

[3]

[2]

[0,1,2,3,8,9,10,11]

4

2

1

 

 

 

 

5

2

2

 

 

 

 

6

2

3

 

 

 

 

7

2

0,1

 

 

 

 

8

2

2,3

 

 

 

 

9

[2]

[0-2]

 

 

 

 

10

[2]

[0-3]

 

 

 

 

11

[2]

[0,2]

 

 

 

 

12

[1]

[8]

Cat.2

 

 

 

 

13

[1]

[9]

 

 

 

 

14

[1]

[8,9]

 

 

 

 

15

2

8

 

 

 

 

16

2

9

 

 

 

 

17

2

10

 

 

 

 

18

2

11

 

 

 

 

19

2

8,9

 

 

 

 

20

2

10,11

 

 

 

 

21

[2]

[8-10]

 

 

 

 

22

[2]

[8-11]

 

 

 

 

23

[2]

[8, 10],

[9, 11]

 

 

 

 

24

[1]

[0,1,8]

Cat.3

 

 

 

 

25

[1]

[0,1,8,9]

 

 

 

 

26

2

0,1,8

 

 

 

 

27

2

0,1,8,9

 

 

 

 

28

2

2,3,10

 

 

 

 

29

2

2,3,10,11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.3.2       SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation

R1-2210848         SRS enhancements for TDD CJT and 8TX operation FUTUREWEI

R1-2210915         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and UL 8Tx operation in Rel-18           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2210929         Enhanced SRS for CJT and 8TX UEs            InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2210939         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       ZTE

R1-2210994         Discussion on SRS enhancement    vivo

R1-2211120         On SRS Enhancement       Google

R1-2211171         On SRS enhancement  in Rel-18     CATT

R1-2211223         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2211272         Views on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation     KDDI Corporation

R1-2211294         Discussion of SRS enhancement     Lenovo

R1-2211338         Discussion on SRS enhancements   xiaomi

R1-2211386         Discussion on SRS enhancement in Rel-18   Intel Corporation

R1-2211429         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       OPPO

R1-2211554         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT  ETRI

R1-2211604         Considerations on precoded SRS     Sony

R1-2211668         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               CMCC

R1-2211801         Views on Rel-18 MIMO SRS enhancement  Apple

R1-2211863         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       LG Electronics

R1-2211889         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       Sharp

R1-2211973         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2212032         Views on SRS enhancements          Samsung

R1-2212103         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8 Tx operation   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2212171         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8Tx operation    Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2212350         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2212377         On SRS enhancements targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation              Ericsson

 

R1-2212694        FL Summary #1 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From Nov 14th session

Agreement

For SRS comb offset hopping and/or cyclic shift hopping, for each SRS port,

·        FFS: Hopping pattern

·        Support at least hopping based on slot index, OFDM symbol index

o   FFS: Use of symbol group based on repetition factor

o   FFS: Additional details on intra-slot hopping based on OFDM symbol index, inter-slot hopping based on slot index, per occasion of SRS resource

o   FFS: Re-initialization periodicity

·        Applicable to at least periodic/semi-persistent SRS with usage antennaSwitching

o   FFS: Other types of SRS

·        FFS: Configuring a subset of comb offsets / cyclic shifts for comb offset hopping / cyclic shift hopping, respectively

·        FFS: Combined comb offset hopping and cyclic shift hopping, supporting both, or down selecting one

 

 

R1-2212695        FL Summary #3 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From Nov 16th session

Agreement

For an 8-port SRS resource in a SRS resource set with usage ‘codebook’ or ‘antennaSwitching’, when the 8 ports are mapped onto one or more OFDM symbols using legacy schemes (repetition, frequency hopping, partial sounding, or a combination thereof), at least support:

·        For comb 2, support 1 and 2 comb offsets

·        For comb 4, support 2 and [4] comb offset

·        For comb 8, support 4 comb offsets

Agreement

For single SRS resource in a SRS resource set with usage ‘codebook’ for 8Tx PUSCH or ‘antennaSwitching’ (i.e., for 8T8R antenna switching), when the SRS resource is configured with 8 ports and m OFDM symbols (m > 1), support the case of 8 ports mapped onto the m OFDM symbols

·        Option 1: Different SRS ports are mapped onto different OFDM symbols (i.e., TDM)

·        FFS: m can be legacy values, i.e., 2,4,[8,10,12,14].

 

R1-2212696        FL Summary #4 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From Nov 17th session

Agreement:

For SRS comb offset hopping and/or cyclic shift hopping, for each SRS port, the hopping pattern is determined based on:

·        Option 1: The hopping pattern is based on the pseudo-random sequence c(i), initialized with a network-configured ID.

o       FFS: The ID could be cell ID , SRS sequence identity , C-RNTI, or a new ID

o   FFS: The relation between the legacy group / sequence hopping and the new hopping

Agreement

For SRS interference randomization, support one from the following options  (to be decided in RAN1#112):

·        Opt. 1: Cyclic shift hopping

·        Opt. 2: Comb offset hopping

·        Opt. 3: Both cyclic shift hopping and comb offset hopping

o   FFS: details including whether to support separate and/or combined hopping

o   FFS: details on UE capability and signaling

Conclusion

No consensus on enhanced signaling for flexible SRS transmission in Rel-18.

 

Final summary in R1-2212941.

9.1.4        Enhanced uplink transmission

9.1.4.1       UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission

R1-2210916         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2210930         Uplink Precoding Indication and Multi-panel Transmission     InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2210940         Enhancements on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission              ZTE

R1-2210995         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     vivo

R1-2211071         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Fujitsu

R1-2211121         On Simultaneous Multi-Panel Transmission Google

R1-2211172         Enhancements on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission               CATT

R1-2211218         UL Precoding for Multi-panel Transmission PANASONIC

R1-2211224         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2211295         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Lenovo

R1-2211339         Enhancements on multi-panel uplink transmission      xiaomi

R1-2211387         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Intel Corporation

R1-2211430         Transmission scheme and UL precoding indicaton for multi-panel transmission               OPPO

R1-2211591         On UL precoding indication for simultaneous multi-panel transmission Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2211605         Considerations on 1 vs. 2 CWs for SDM multi-panel transmissions        Sony

R1-2211669         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     CMCC

R1-2211802         Views on UL precoding indication for multi-panel simultaneous PUSCH transmissions       Apple

R1-2211864         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission LG Electronics

R1-2211890         Views on UL multi-panel transmission         Sharp

R1-2211974         Discussion on multi-panel transmission        NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2212033         Views on UL precoding indication for STxMP            Samsung

R1-2212104         Simultaneous multi-panel transmission         Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2212172         Precoder Indication for Multi-Panel UL Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2212238         Simultaneous transmission across multiple UE panels MediaTek Inc.

R1-2212354         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     NEC

R1-2212375         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Ericsson

 

R1-2212579        Summary #1 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

From Nov 14th session

Agreement

For the DMRS port indication for SDM scheme single-DCI based STxMP transmission, support Alt2:

·        Alt2: the DMRS ports associated with two TPMI/SRI fields can be in same or different CDM groups.

Agreement

Support CG PUSCH + CG PUSCH in multi-DCI based STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH transmission.

 

Agreement

Support the SFN scheme for single-DCI based STxMP PUCCH transmission.

 

Conclusion

There is no consensus on the support STxMP PUCCH+PUCCH in multi-DCI based mTRP system.

 

 

R1-2212580        Summary #2 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

From Nov 16th session

Agreement

 

Agreement

 

 

R1-2212581        Summary #3 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

From Nov 17th session

Agreement

For the SFN scheme of single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH:

·        Configure two SRS resource sets for CB or NCB.

o   FFS: Number of SRS resources of SRS resource set, and number of SRS ports of SRS resource

·        The DCI indicates two SRI fields and TPMI fields for SFN transmission,

·        On the indication of number of layers for CB and NCB PUSCH:

o   Alt1: Similar to rel-17 mTRP TDM scheme, the number of layers is indicated by the first SRI field (for NCB PUSCH) or the first TPMI field (for CB PUSCH);

Agreement

For dynamic switching between SDM scheme of single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH and sTRP transmission:

 

Agreement

For SDM scheme single-DCI based STxMP transmission, when L1 and L2 layers are indicated/determined by two TPMI fields of CB PUSCH or two SRI fields of NCB PUSCH respectively:

 

Conclusion

There is no consensus to support layer combinations {1+3} and {3+1} in SDM scheme of single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH.

9.1.4.22       SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission

To support up to 4 or more layers per UE in UL targeting CPE/FWA/vehicle/industrial devices.

 

R1-2210917         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2210931         Discussion on SRI/TPMI Enhancement for 8TX UE   InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2210941         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    ZTE

R1-2210996         Discussion on enabling 8 TX UL transmission            vivo

R1-2211122         On SRI/TPMI Indication for 8Tx Transmission          Google

R1-2211173         Discussion on codebook and SRI/TPMI enhancement for UL 8 TX        CATT

R1-2211225         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2212659         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8TX UL transmission     Lenovo  (rev of R1-2211296)

R1-2211340         Enhancements on 8Tx uplink transmission   xiaomi

R1-2211388         Discussion on enhancement for 8Tx UL transmission Intel Corporation

R1-2211431         SRI TPMI enhancement for 8 TX UL transmission    OPPO

R1-2211670         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               CMCC

R1-2211803         Views on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission  Apple

R1-2211865         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    LG Electronics

R1-2211891         Views on 8 TX UL transmission     Sharp

R1-2211894         SRI/TPMI Enhancement for Enabling 8 TX UL Transmission Ericsson

R1-2211975         Discussion on 8 TX UL transmission            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2212034         Views on TPMI/SRI enhancements for 8Tx UL transmission   Samsung

R1-2212105         Enhancements for 8 Tx UL transmissions     Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2212173         UL enhancements for enabling 8Tx UL transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2212234         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 Tx UL transmission     MediaTek Inc.

R1-2212351         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement         NEC

R1-2212422         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    CEWiT

 

R1-2212556         FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; Preparatory           Moderator (InterDigital)

R1-2212557        FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; First Round    Moderator (InterDigital)

 

Agreement:

For a fully-coherent uplink precoding by an 8TX UE,

·        Support NR Rel-15 single panel DL Type I codebook as the starting point for design of the codebook

o     FFS: For a constructed codebook with size M based on above method, unless ; otherwise, round up the codebook size to the smallest integer  by adding  precoders generated via Alt 2a.

·        No LS to RAN4 will be needed

 

 

R1-2212558        FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; Second Round Moderator (InterDigital)

From Nov 16th session

Agreement:

For PUSCH transmission with rank>4 by an 8TX UE, to support dual CW transmission,

FFS: Optimization of DCI to indicate the above

Note: Strive to reuse Rel-15 NR DL schemes where possible.

 

Agreement:

For PUSCH transmission with rank>4 by an 8TX UE, to support UCI multiplexing on PUSCH, down-select at least one of the following options in RAN1#112,

 

Agreement:

For CB-based 8TX PUSCH transmission, for rank indication, down-select among the following

 

 

R1-2212559        FL Summary on SRI/TPMI Enhancements; Third Round  Moderator (InterDigital)

From Nov 17th session

Agreement:

Study full TX power uplink codebook-based transmission by a partially/non-coherent 8TX precoder,

·        Reuse Rel-16 UE capability definitions for discussion purpose, i.e., UE Capability 1, 2 and 3

·        For full TX power transmission by UE Capability 2/3, at least, following exemplary PA architectures can be considered

o   Other cases of interest are not precluded, down-select preferred potential architecture for the purpose of 8TX full power study in RAN#112.

o   This can be used for other UE Power Classes as well.

8TX UE, Power class 3 (23 dBm)

Pi= Nominal power rating of each PA

Regular UE

P1=P2= …=P8=14 dBm

(Full power supported by Mode1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full-power capable UE

Full power capability with any PA comb. (CAP1)

Example:

P1=P2= …=P8= 23 dBm

 

Full power capability with 1 PA (CAP3)

Example:

P1=P2= …=P7= 14 dBm

P8= 23 dBm

 

(lower priority) Full power capability with 2 PAs (CAP2)

Example 2a:

P1=P2= …=P6= 14 dBm, P7=P8 ≥ 20 dBm

Example 2b:

P1=P2= …= P8= 20 dBm

 

(lower priority) Full power capability with 4 PAs (CAP2)

Example 3a:

P1=P2= …=P4= 14 dBm, P5=P6= …=P8 ≥ 17 dBm

Example 3b:

P1=P2= …= P8 = 17 dBm

 

(lower priority) Full power capability with 6 PAs (CAP2)

Example 4a:

P1=P2= 14 dBm, P3=P4= …=P8 ≥ 15.3 dBm

Example 4b:

P1=P2= … = P8≥ 15.3 dBm

 

 

 

 

 

Agreement:

For an 8TX partial/non-coherent precoder, for study on full power codebook-based PUSCH transmissions, use Rel-16 full power modes as the starting point for the design.

Note: This does not mandate support of all Rel-16 modes.

 

R1-2212560         Recommended Direction on SRI/TPMI Enhancements for RAN1#112  Moderator (InterDigital)


 RAN1#112

9.1       NR MIMO evolution for downlink and uplink

Please refer to RP-223276 for detailed scope of the WI.

 

[112-R18-MIMO] – Eko (Samsung)

To be used for sharing updates on online/offline schedule, details on what is to be discussed in online/offline sessions, tdoc number of the moderator summary for online session, etc

9.1.1        Multi-TRP enhancement

9.1.1.1       Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP

Including extension for indication of multiple DL/UL TCI states, simultaneous multi-panel UL transmission, and power control for UL single DCI.

 

R1-2300048         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        FUTUREWEI

R1-2300093         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2300156         Details on Unified TCI Extension for MTRP InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2300181         Enhancements on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        ZTE

R1-2300203         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2300248         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        OPPO

R1-2300327         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Panasonic

R1-2300333         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Ericsson

R1-2300436         Further discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP  vivo

R1-2300487         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              FGI

R1-2300503         Multi-TRP enhancements for the unified TCI framework         Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2300510         Discussion of unified TCI framework for multi-TRP  Lenovo

R1-2300522         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP/panel            LG Electronics

R1-2300545         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        xiaomi

R1-2300600         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP operation            TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2300650         Further discussions on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP operation               CATT

R1-2300740         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for MTRP      Fujitsu

R1-2300820         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              NEC

R1-2300847         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Sharp

R1-2300865         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Sony

R1-2300899         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Hyundai Motor Company

R1-2300932         Unified TCI Framework for Multi-TRP        Intel Corporation

R1-2300982         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              CMCC

R1-2301165         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Google

R1-2301245         Views on unified TCI extension focusing on m-TRP  Samsung

R1-2301318         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              ITRI

R1-2301329         Unified TCI framework Extension for mTRP              Apple

R1-2301395         Extension of unified TCI framework for mTRP           Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2301461         Discussion on sDCI mTRP PDSCH regarding eUTCI framework           ASUSTeK

R1-2301477         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2301580         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        MediaTek Inc.

R1-2301642         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2301686         Discussion on Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP             CEWiT

 

R1-2301773        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 0)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

Presented in Monday session

 

R1-2302000        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 1)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From Wednesday session

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, a 2-bit [TCI selection field] can be configured by RRC to be present in a DCI format 1_1/1_2 that schedules/activates PDSCH reception (including dynamic PDSCH and SPS PDSCH) according to the followings:

·        If the DCI format 1_1/1_2 indicates codepoint "00" for the [TCI selection field], the UE shall apply the first one of two indicated joint/DL TCI states to all PDSCH DMRS port(s) of corresponding PDSCH transmission occasions(s) scheduled/activated by the DCI format 1_1/1_2

·        If the DCI format 1_1/1_2 indicates codepoint "01" for the [TCI selection field], the UE shall apply the second one of two indicated joint/DL TCI states to all PDSCH DMRS port(s) of corresponding PDSCH transmission occasions(s) scheduled/activated by the DCI format 1_1/1_2

·        If the DCI format 1_1/1_2 indicates codepoint "10" for the [TCI selection field], the UE shall apply both indicated joint/DL TCI states to the PDSCH reception scheduled/activated by the DCI format 1_1/1_2

·        FFS: Whether and how to use the codepoint "11" of the [TCI selection field]

If the UE is in FR1, or the UE supports the capability of two default beams for S-DCI based MTRP in FR2 regardless of threshold, above apply to PDSCH reception(s) scheduled/activated by the DCI format 1_1/1_2.

If the UE doesn’t support the capability of two default beams for S-DCI based MTRP in FR2, above apply to the scheduled/activated PDSCH reception when the offset between the reception of the scheduling DCI format 1_1/1_2 and the scheduled/activated PDSCH reception is equal to or larger than a threshold

FFS: Detail of the capability of two default beams for S-DCI based MTRP

FFS: The threshold value

 

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, when two SRS resource sets for CB/NCB are configured, support the followings for PUSCH transmission scheduled/activated by a DCI format 0_1/0_2 (including DG and Type2 CG):

·        If the DCI format 0_1/0_2 indicates codepoint "00" for the existing SRS resource set indicator, the UE shall apply the first indicated joint/UL TCI state to all PUSCH antenna port(s) of corresponding PUSCH transmission occasions(s)

·        If the DCI format 0_1/0_2 indicates codepoint "01" for the existing SRS resource set indicator, the UE shall apply the second indicated joint/UL TCI state to all PUSCH antenna port(s) of corresponding PUSCH transmission occasions(s)

·        If the DCI format 0_1/0_2 indicates codepoint "10" or “11” for the existing SRS resource set indicator:

FFS: The case that the spatial Tx filter(s) determined from the indicated joint/UL TCI state(s) applied to a PUSCH transmission is different from the spatial Tx filter(s) used for the SRS transmission corresponding to the SRS resource(s) indicated to the PUSCH transmission

 

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension, if an indicated joint/UL TCI state(s) applies to a PUSCH/PUCCH/SRS transmission occasion(s) or antenna port(s), the UE shall determine UL Tx power for the PUSCH/PUCCH/SRS transmission occasion(s) or antenna port(s) based on the UL PC parameter setting for PUSCH/PUCCH/SRS, if any, and the PL-RS included in the indicated joint/UL TCI state

·        FFS: For STxMP, the maximum Tx power when the UE determines UL Tx power for the PUSCH/PUCCH transmission occasion(s) or antenna port(s) (discussed after receiving RAN4 reply on UE power limitation for STxMP in FR2)

·        FFS: Default UL PC parameter setting(s) if one or both of indicated joint/UL TCI states applied to PUSCH/PUCCH/SRS transmission occasion(s) or antenna port(s) does/do not include the UL PC parameter setting(s) for PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS

 

R1-2302123        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 2)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From Thursday session

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for M-DCI based MTRP, down-select from the following options for PUCCH transmission:

·        Opt1: A coresetPoolIndex value can be provided per PUCCH resource/resource group, and the UE shall apply the indicated joint/UL TCI state specific to the coresetPoolIndex value to the corresponding PUCCH transmission

·        Opt2: An RRC configuration can be provided per PUCCH resource/resource group to inform that the UE shall apply the first or the second indicated joint/UL TCI state to the corresponding PUCCH transmission, where the first and the second indicated joint/DL TCI states correspond to the indicated joint/UL TCI states specific to coresetPoolIndex value 0 and value 1, respectively.

·        Opt3: For a PUCCH transmission triggered by PDCCH on a CORESET when the UCI in the PUCCH transmission carries HARQ-ACK information only, the UE shall apply the indicated joint/UL TCI state specific to a coresetPoolIndex value to the PUCCH transmission, where the coresetPoolIndex value is determined from the one associated with the CORESET. Otherwise, either Opt1 or Opt2 is adopted.

·        Opt4: For a PUCCH transmission with an LRR trigged for either the first BFD-RS set () or the second BFD-RS set () when the UE is provided only one or two schedulingRequestID-BFR configuration, the UE shall apply the indicated joint/UL TCI state specific to a coresetPoolIndex value to the PUCCH transmission, where the coresetPoolIndex value is 1 when the LRR is trigged for the first BFD-RS set () and the coresetPoolIndex value is 0 when the LRR is trigged for the second BFD-RS set (). Otherwise, either Opt1 or Opt2 is adopted.

Note: Either Opt1 or Opt2 must be supported

 

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, down-select at least one of the followings for PDSCH reception scheduled/activated by DCI format 1_1/1_2 configured w/o the [TCI selection field]:

·        Alt1: Using RRC configuration to inform that the UE shall apply the first one, the second one, or both of two indicated joint/DL TCI states to the scheduled/activated PDSCH reception

·        Alt2: The UE shall apply the first one of two indicated joint/DL TCI state(s) to the scheduled/activated PDSCH reception

·        Alt3: The UE shall apply both of two indicated joint/DL TCI states to the scheduled/activated PDSCH reception

·        Alt3A: The UE shall apply the same joint/DL TCI state(s) that is applied to the PDCCH reception with the scheduling/activation DCI to the scheduled/activated PDSCH reception

·        Alt4: Which indicated joint/DL TCI state(s) is/are applied to the scheduled/activated PDSCH reception is determined according to the existing TCI field of the most recently applied beam indication DCI

Above applies at least if the offset between the reception of the scheduling DCI format 1_1/1_2 and the scheduled/activated PDSCH reception is equal to or larger than a threshold (if the threshold is needed)

9.1.1.2       Two TAs for multi-DCI

R1-2300049         Enhancements to support two TAs for multi-DCI       FUTUREWEI

R1-2300094         Study on TA enhancement for UL M-TRP transmission           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2300157         Discussion on mTRP with Multiple TA         InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2300182         TA enhancement for multi-DCI       ZTE

R1-2300204         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based multi-TRP            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2300249         Two TAs for multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation   OPPO

R1-2300334         Two TAs for multi-DCI    Ericsson

R1-2300359         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based on multi-TRP operation     TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2300437         Further discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI-based multi-TRP operation            vivo

R1-2300489         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           FGI

R1-2300511         Discussion of two TAs for multi-DCI UL transmission             Lenovo

R1-2300523         Two TAs for multi-TRP/panel         LG Electronics

R1-2300546         Discussion on two TAs for multi-TRP operation         xiaomi

R1-2300651         On Two TAs for UL multi-DCI multi-TRP operation CATT

R1-2300821         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           NEC

R1-2300919         Two TAs for multi-DCI    Sharp

R1-2300933         On two TAs for multi-DCI Intel Corporation

R1-2300983         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           CMCC

R1-2301166         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           Google

R1-2301246         Views on two TAs for m-DCI          Samsung

R1-2301330         Views on Two TAs for mDCI mTRP             Apple

R1-2301396         Supporting two TAs for multi-DCI based mTRP         Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2301478         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2301581         UL Tx Timing Management for MTRP Operation      MediaTek Inc.

R1-2301643         Two TAs for UL multi-DCI multi-TRP operation       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

R1-2301904        Moderator Summary #1 on Two TAs for multi-DCI            Moderator (Ericsson)

From Monday session

Conclusion

For inter-cell multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, there is no consensus to introduce additional type 1 CSS configuration per additional PCI.

 

 

R1-2302044        Moderator Summary #2 on Two TAs for multi-DCI            Moderator (Ericsson)

From Wednesday session

Agreement

For associating TAGs to target UL channels/signals for multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation, support the following:

Associate TAG to TCI-state

FFS: on how to handle association when Rel-15/16 spatial relation framework is used for FR1

 

 

R1-2302111        Moderator Summary #3 on Two TAs for multi-DCI            Moderator (Ericsson)

From Thursday session

Agreement

Confirm the following working assumption:

For multi-DCI based inter-cell Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, one additional PRACH configuration is supported for each configured additional PCI

·        the additional PRACH configuration is used in a RACH procedure triggered by a PDCCH order for the corresponding configured additional PCI

 

Agreement

For multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, for the case when the UE does not support UL STxMP transmission, down-select at least one of the following in RAN1#112bis-e:

TBD: how to capture the down-selected alternative(s) in the specifications in case specification impact is deemed needed.

9.1.2        CSI enhancement

Including CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT (CJT).

 

R1-2300095         CSI enhancement for coherent JT and mobility           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2300158         Enhanced CSI for CJT and Medium/High UE Velocities          InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2300183         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       ZTE

R1-2300205         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2300250         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         OPPO

R1-2301771         On CSI Enhancement        Google  (rev of R1-2300391)

R1-2300438         Further discussion on CSI enhancement for high-medium UE velocities and coherent JT           vivo

R1-2300502         CSI enhancements for medium UE velocities and coherent JT Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2300512         Discussion of CSI enhancement for high speed UE and coherent JT       Lenovo

R1-2300524         Potential CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         LG Electronics

R1-2300547         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT               xiaomi

R1-2300652         Discussion on CSI enhancement     CATT

R1-2300741         Views on CSI enhancement for coherent-JT and mobility         Fujitsu

R1-2300812         Discussion on CSI enhancement     NEC

R1-2300866         More considerations on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT               Sony

R1-2300900         Discussion on CSI enhancement     Mavenir

R1-2300934         On CSI enhancements       Intel Corporation

R1-2300984         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and  CJT               CMCC

R1-2301219         Views on CSI Enhancements for CJT            AT&T

R1-2301248         Summary of OFFLINE discussion on Rel-18 MIMO CSI          Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2301961         Views on CSI enhancements           Samsung              (rev of R1-2301944, rev of R1-2301249)

R1-2301331         Views on Rel-18 MIMO CSI enhancement   Apple

R1-2301397         CSI enhancements for medium UE velocities and Coherent-JT Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2301479         Discussion on CSI enhancement     NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2301525         CSI enhancements             SHARP Corporation

R1-2301526         On CSI enhancements for NR MIMO evolution          Ericsson

R1-2301573         CSI Enhancements             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2301644         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

R1-2301247        Moderator summary on Rel-18 CSI enhancements Moderator (Samsung)

From Monday session

Conclusion:

On the Parameter Combination of Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, there is no consensus on adding a new (not previously agreed) codebook parameter, as well as replacing the legacy parameter L with a new (not previously agreed) parameter.

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, only support NL ={2,4} as additional candidate values to NL=1.

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for Rel-16-based refinement, support at least the following combinations of {Ln} for the higher-layer-configured value of NTRP (FFS by RAN1#112: whether the bracketed permutations are also supported):

FFS (by RAN1#112bis-e): Whether/how the supported combinations of {an} for Rel-17-based refinement are derived from the supported combinations of {Ln} for Rel-16-based refinement

FFS: Whether the total number of Ln is a UE capability

 

NTRP

{Ln} combination

1

{2}

{4}

{6} (analogous to legacy, only for total # ports =32, rank 1-2, R=1

2

{2,2}

{2,4}, [{4,2}]

{4,4}

3

{2,2,2}

{2,2,4} [and its other permutations]

{4,4,4}

4

{2,2,2,2}

{2,2,2,4} [and its other permutations]

{2,2,4,4} [and its other permutations]

{4,4,4,4}

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for Rel-16-based refinement, support at least the following combinations of {pv,b} from where the value of {pv,b} is gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signaling:

·        FFS by RAN1#112: whether other combinations can be supported

FFS (by RAN1#112bis-e): Whether/how the supported combinations of {M} for Rel-17-based refinement are derived from the supported combinations of {pv ,b} for Rel-16-based refinement

 

pv for layers 1-4

Condition(s)

{1/8, 1/8, 1/16, 1/16}

 

Ľ

--

˝

--

{1/4, 1/4, 1/8, 1/8}

Ľ (*)

--

˝ (*)

--

{1/4, 1/4, 1/4, 1/4}

ľ (*)

--

{1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2}

˝

- Only applicable when NTRP≤3 and NL=1

- Optional

(*) Supported by legacy Rel-16

 

Agreement

·        On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding UCI omission, down-select between the following three alternatives (by RAN1#112-bis where n denotes the n-th CSI-RS resource):

·        Alt1. Prio(l,l,m,n)=() .N.RI.P(m)+N.RI.l(n)+N.l+n

o   Note: This implies that CSI-RS resource is designated the highest priority

·        Alt2. Prio(l,l,m,n)=2L’.Qn).RI.N3+2L’.RI. P(m)+RI.l(n)+l

o   Note: This implies that CSI-RS resource is designated the lowest priority (after FD basis)

o   Note: L’ denotes the max value of Ln from all selected N CSI-RS resources

o   FFS: Q(n) maps the index n according to a rule, e.g., Q(n)=n, or Q(n)=0 if n corresponds to strongest TRP/SCI.

·        Alt3. Replace SD basis index l in legacy Prio calculation with , i.e., SD basis index over all resources: Prio(l,l,m,n) = 2Ltot.RI.P(m)+ RI.+RI.l(n)+ l

·        FFS: FD permutation P(.) as Rel-16-analogous, or no permutation i.e. P(m)=m

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding CBSR, at least for restricting SD basis selection, the legacy CBSR scheme is fully reused for each of the RRC-configured NTRP CSI-RS resources (resulting in CSI-RS-resource-specific SD beam group restriction)

The same rank restriction is applied across NTRP CSI-RS resources

 

Agreement

For aiding gNB determination of codebook switching and SRS periodicity with the Rel-18 TRS -based TDCP reporting, support reporting quantized wideband normalized amplitude/phase of the time-domain correlation profile with Y≥1 delay(s) as follows:

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the time instance and/or PMI(s) in which a CQI is associated with, given the CSI reporting window WCSI (in slots), as well as the number of CQIs (=X) in one sub-band and one CSI reporting instance, support only the following:

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, on the  quantization scheme when N4>1, reuse the following components of the legacy per-coefficient quantization scheme:

·        Alphabets for amplitude and phase

·        Quantization of phase and quantization of differential amplitude relative to a reference, reference amplitude (with SCI determining the location of one reference amplitude), where the reference is defined for each layer and each “group” of coefficients

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, on the  quantization scheme when N4>1, for each layer:

 

Conclusion

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, for N4>1, regarding the parameter Q, there is no consensus in supporting additional candidate values.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the parameter K (the number of AP-CSI-RS resources for the CMR), optionally support only K=12 as an additional candidate value.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the parameter δ (in slots), in addition to 0 and 2, δ=1 is additionally supported.

 

Conclusion

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the parameter N4 (length of DFT vector, unit-less), there is no consensus in supporting additional candidate values.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the parameter d (in slots),

·         for P/SP-CSI-RS, support d equal to the periodicity of the CSI-RS resource

·         for AP-CSI-RS, also support d =1

 

Conclusion

On the Parameter Combination of Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, there is no consensus on including another non-UCI Doppler codebook parameter as a variable in the list of supported Parameter Combinations.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities,

 

 

R1-2301988         Moderator Summary for Tue offline on Rel-18 CSI enhancements         Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2301987        Moderator Summary#2 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: ROUND 1    Moderator (Samsung)

From Wednesday session

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for Rel-16-based refinement, regarding the list of supported combinations of {Ln}, only support the following additional combinations:

NTRP

{Ln} combination

2

{4,2}

3

{2,4,2}, {4,2,2}

No other permutations are supported.

 

Agreement

On the Parameter Combination of Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, support linkage between the list of supported {Ln} combinations and list of supported {pv,b} combinations via pairing each combination for {pv,b} with at least one combination for {Ln}, for each NTRP value.

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for mode-1, down select (in RAN1#112) only one from the following schemes

For all the above alternatives, the legacy FD basis selection indication scheme is applied on each selected FD basis.

Note: Per previous agreements, the number of selected FD basis vectors (Mv/pv or M) is gNB-configured via higher-layer signaling and common across the N CSI-RS resources.

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, the priority of the CSI report(s) associated with TDCP reporting is down-selected from the following alternatives:

·        Alt1. Lower than other CSI reports

·        Alt2. Same as CSI report(s) not carrying L1-RSRP or L1-SINR

·        Alt3. Higher than other CSI reports

·        Other alternatives are not precluded

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, regarding the value of parameter Y for Y>1, down-select from the following alternatives:

The value of Y is a UE capability.

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, support multiplexing TDCP reporting with other UCI parameters on PUSCH following the legacy UCI multiplexing rule for AP-CSI.

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, CQI is defined per legacy CQI definition (ensuring at most 10% BLER) within the slot(s) which a CQI is associated with.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, for N4>2 and Q=2, the selection of Q out of N4 DD basis vectors is indicated by a -bit indicator in CSI part 2

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities based on Rel-16 regular eType-II codebook (if supported), for the purpose of choosing the supported Parameter Combinations

 

Proposal 2.G.1 confirmed (Thursday session) as an agreement:

On the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding UCI omission, down-select between the following three alternatives (by RAN1#112bis-e where q denotes the q-th DD basis vector):

FFS: FD permutation P(.) as Rel-16-analogous, or no permutation i.e. P(m)=m

q=0,…,Q-1

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the bitmap(s) for indicating the locations of the NZCs, down-select one from the following alternatives (no later than RAN1#112bis-e):

Nokia/NSB, Samsung, vivo, and ZTE raised concerns that, in their understanding, Alt3A violates previous agreements for “Q different two-dimensional bitmaps” and/or common DD basis selection across SD/FD basis pairs and hence, to some extent, objective 1 of the WID.

 

 

R1-2301989         Moderator Summary for Wed offline on Rel-18 CSI enhancements        Moderator (Samsung)

R1-2302102        Moderator Summary#3 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: ROUND 2    Moderator (Samsung)

From Thursday session

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, for TDCP measurement and calculation, by RAN1#112bis-e, decide between the following alternatives:

·        Alt1. Fully reuse legacy TRS

·        Alt2. Study enhancements on TRS (e.g. periodicities)

Note. If there is no consensus on Alt2, Alt1 is the default outcome

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the down-selection of bitmap(s) for indicating the locations of the NZCs (in RAN1#112bis-e), the following is used as a guidance for evaluation:

 

 

R1-2302224        Moderator Summary#4 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: ROUND 3    Moderator (Samsung)

From Friday session

Agreement

The Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities comprises refinement of the following codebooks:

9.1.3        Reference signal enhancement

9.1.3.1       Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports

Including increasing orthogonal DMRS ports for UL/DL MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO.

 

R1-2300050         On increasing the number of orthogonal DM-RS ports for MU-MIMO               FUTUREWEI

R1-2300096         Enhancements on DMRS in Rel-18 Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2300152         Discussions on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports   New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.

R1-2300159         Further Details on DMRS Enhancements      InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2300184         DMRS enhancement for UL/DL MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO   ZTE

R1-2300206         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2300251         DMRS enhancement for Rel-18 MIMO         OPPO

R1-2300392         On DMRS Enhancement   Google

R1-2300439         Further discussion on DMRS enhancements vivo

R1-2300504         On increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports        Fraunhofer IIS, Fraunhofer HHI

R1-2300513         Discussion of increased number of orthogonal  DMRS ports    Lenovo

R1-2300525         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              LG Electronics

R1-2300548         Discussion on DMRS enhancement Xiaomi

R1-2300653         Discussion on DMRS enhancements in Rel-18            CATT

R1-2300782         On increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports for MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO   Ericsson

R1-2300813         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    NEC

R1-2300848         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              Sharp

R1-2300935         DMRS Enhancements for Rel-18 NR            Intel Corporation

R1-2300985         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    CMCC

R1-2301250         Views on DMRS enhancements      Samsung

R1-2301332         Views on supporting increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports        Apple

R1-2301398         Design for increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports          Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2301480         Discussion on DMRS enhancements             NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2301574         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              MediaTek Inc.

R1-2301645         Rel-18 UL and DL DMRS Enhancements     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

R1-2301774        FL summary#1 on DMRS              Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From Monday session

Conclusion

Dynamic switching between R15 DMRS port and R18 DMRS port by a scheduling DCI is not supported in Rel-18.

 

Agreement

 

 

R1-2301775        FL summary#2 on DMRS              Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From Wednesday session

Agreement

For RAN1#111 agreement of the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType1 DMRS ports with maxLength = 1 for PDSCH, at least for S-TRP case, at least support the following rows:

 

Working Assumption

For RAN1#111 agreement of the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType1 DMRS ports with maxLength = 1 for PDSCH, at least for S-TRP case, for 2 CWs,

·        Alt.3-1: Support at least row 0-3 for 2 CWs in Table 4-0.

Table 4-0: DMRS ports for 2CWs.

Two Codewords:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 enabled

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

0

2

0,1,2,3,8

1

2

0,1,2,3,8,10

2

2

0,1,2,3,8,9,10

3

2

0,1,2,3,8,9,10,11

 

Agreement

For the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType1 DMRS ports with maxLength = 1 for PDSCH for S-DCI based M-TRP, support at least the following row(s):

Table 7.3.1.2.2-1A-X: Antenna port(s) (1000 + DMRS port), dmrs-Type=eType1, maxLength=1

One Codeword:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 disabled

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

30

2

0,2,3

 

Agreement

For Rel.18 eType1/eType2 DMRS ports for PDSCH/PUSCH, support Alt.1 for PTRS RE mapping.

·        Alt 1: Different RE offsets set for different Rel.18 DMRS port indexes as shown in Table 4

Table 4 Different RE offsets set for different Rel.18 DMRS port indexes

DM-RS antenna port p

(p for PUSCH,

p+1000 for PDSCH)

DM-RS Configuration type 1

DM-RS Configuration type 2

resourceElementOffset

resourceElementOffset

offset00

offset01

offset10

offset11

offset00

offset01

offset10

offset11

0

0

2

6

8

0

1

6

7

1

2

4

8

10

1

6

7

0

2

1

3

7

9

2

3

8

9

3

3

5

9

11

3

8

9

2

4

-

-

-

-

4

5

10

11

5

-

-

-

-

5

10

11

4

8

4

6

10

0

-

-

-

-

9

6

8

0

2

-

-

-

-

10

5

7

11

1

-

-

-

-

11

7

9

1

3

-

-

-

-

12

-

-

-

-

6

7

0

1

13

-

-

-

-

7

0

1

6

14

-

-

-

-

8

9

2

3

15

-

-

-

-

9

2

3

8

16

-

-

-

-

10

11

4

5

17

-

-

-

-

11

4

5

10

 

Working assumption

 

Agreement

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-8-X: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type=eType1, maxLength=1, rank = 1

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

0

1

0

1

1

1

2

2

0

3

2

1

4

2

2

5

2

3

6

1

8

7

1

9

8

2

8

9

2

9

10

2

10

11

2

11

12-15

Reserved

Reserved

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-9-X: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= eType1, maxLength=1, rank = 2

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

0

1

0,1

1

2

0,1

2

2

2,3

3

2

0,2

4

1

8,9

5

2

8,9

6

2

10,11

[7]

[2]

[8,10]

8-15

Reserved

Reserved

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-10-X: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= eType1, maxLength=1, rank = 3

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

0

2

0-2

[1]

[2]

[8-10]

2

1

0,1,8

3

2

0,1,8

4

2

2,3,10

5-15

Reserved

Reserved

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-11-X: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= eType1, maxLength=1, rank = 4

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

0

2

0-3

[1]

[2]

[8-11]

2

1

0,1,8,9

3

2

0,1,8,9

4

2

2,3,10,11

5-15

Reserved

Reserved

 

 

R1-2301776        FL summary#3 on DMRS              Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From Thursday session

Agreement

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-25B: PTRS-DMRS association for UL PTRS port 0

Value

DMRS port

0

1st scheduled DMRS port with the CW with the higher MCS

1

2nd scheduled DMRS port the CW with the higher MCS

2

3rd scheduled DMRS port the CW with the higher MCS

3

4th scheduled DMRS port the CW with the higher MCS

 

9.1.3.2       SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation

R1-2300051         SRS enhancements for TDD CJT and 8TX operation FUTUREWEI

R1-2300097         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and UL 8Tx operation in Rel-18           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2300160         SRS Enhancements for CJT and 8TX UEs    InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2300185         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       ZTE

R1-2300207         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2300252         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       OPPO

R1-2300393         On SRS Enhancement       Google

R1-2300440         Further discussion on SRS enhancements     vivo

R1-2300514         Discussion of SRS enhancement     Lenovo

R1-2300526         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       LG Electronics

R1-2300549         Discussion on SRS enhancements   xiaomi

R1-2300654         Discussion on SRS enhancement in Rel-18   CATT

R1-2300814         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2300849         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       Sharp

R1-2300936         Discussion on SRS enhancement in Rel-18   Intel Corporation

R1-2300986         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               CMCC

R1-2301039         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT  ETRI

R1-2301077         On SRS enhancements targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation              Ericsson

R1-2301251         Views on SRS enhancements          Samsung

R1-2301317         Views on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation     KDDI Corporation

R1-2301333         Views on Rel-18 MIMO SRS enhancement  Apple

R1-2301399         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8 Tx operation   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2301481         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2301646         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8Tx operation    Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

R1-2301877        FL Summary #1 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From Monday session

Agreement

For SRS interference randomization, support:

·        Opt. 3: Both cyclic shift hopping and comb offset hopping.

o   At least the two features can be separately configured

o   FFS: Combined cyclic shift hopping and comb offset hopping for a UE

o   FFS: Separate or combined with SRS sequence group hopping / sequence hopping

o   FFS: Associated UE capability

 

Agreement

For SRS comb offset hopping and/or cyclic shift hopping, for each SRS port, the hopping pattern is determined based on the pseudo-random sequence c(i), initialized with one of the following IDs.

·        Option 1: Reuse the SRS sequence identity .

·        Option 2: Introduce new ID(s).

o   FFS: the value range, one new ID or two separate new IDs, default ID(s)

Agreement

For an 8-port SRS resource in a SRS resource set with usage ‘codebook’ or ‘antennaSwitching’ and resource mapping based on TDM onto m ≥ 2 OFDM symbols in a slot and with TDM factor s, support the 8 ports equally partitioned into s subsets with each subset having 8/s different ports.

·        At least s = 2

o   FFS: s = 4, s = 8.

·        m = 2,4,8, 10,12,14, and m is a multiple of s.

·        Each of the m OFDM symbols has only one subset. Reuse the existing resource mapping designed for 8/s ports on each OFDM symbol.

o   Including frequency-domain resource allocation and mapping to cyclic shifts. FFS port indexing within the subset of 8/s ports.

o   FFS: down selection from existing resource mapping designs

·        FFS: which subset of 8/s ports are mapped onto each OFDM symbol.

·        FFS: the TDM factor s is configured as an explicit RRC parameter or determined implicitly from other parameters.

Agreement

For an 8-port SRS resource in a SRS resource set with usage ‘codebook’ or ‘antennaSwitching’, when the 8 ports are mapped onto one or more OFDM symbols using legacy non-TDMed schemes (repetition, frequency hopping, partial sounding, or a combination thereof),

·        Option 2: For comb 4, do not support 4 comb offsets.

Agreement

For SRS comb offset hopping and/or cyclic shift hopping, the time-domain hopping behavior depends on at least the slot index  within a radio frame and OFDM symbol index , and select at least one of the following options:

·      Option 1: Within a slot, hopping based on the repetition factor  and symbol index that is the same across the R repetitions.

·      Option 2: Within a slot, hopping based on only the symbol index .

·        Option 3: No intra-slot hopping.

·        FFS: Time domain hopping behaviour further depends on system frame number (SFN) .

·        FFS: Whether to adopt the same option(s) for comb offset hopping and cyclic shift hopping (if supported separately)

·        FFS: At least support reinitialization at the beginning of each radio frame.

 

Conclusion

No consensus to support SRS TD OCC for TDD CJT SRS enhancement in Rel-18.

 

 

R1-2301878        FL Summary #2 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From Wednesday session

Agreement

For an 8-port SRS resource in a SRS resource set with usage ‘codebook’ or ‘antennaSwitching’ and resource mapping based on TDM onto m ≥ 2 OFDM symbols in a slot and with TDM factor s ≥ 2, the m OFDM symbols are adjacent, and select one of the following options regarding the TDM pattern:

·        Option 2-1: the s subsets of ports are mapped cyclically as {1, 2, …, s,1, 2, …, s} on the m OFDM symbols.

·        Option 2-2: the s subsets of ports are mapped sequentially as {1, …, 1, 2, …, 2, s, …, s} on the m OFDM symbols.

Conclusion

No consensus to support the following for TDD CJT SRS enhancement in Rel-18:

·        Further enhancements to frequency hopping

·        Sequence hopping/randomization, per-hop sequence from a long SRS sequence

·        Enhanced configuration of SRS transmission to enable more efficient SRS parameter assignment

·        Precoded SRS for DL CSI acquisition

·        Pseudo-random muting of SRS transmission for periodic and semi-persistent SRS

·      Configuration of  (sequence index within a group) per SRS resource

·        Multiplying mask sequence to the legacy SRS sequence

 

Final summary in R1-2301879        FL Summary #3 on SRS enhancements         Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

9.1.4        Enhanced uplink transmission

9.1.4.1       UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission

R1-2300098         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2300161         On Uplink Multi-panel Transmission            InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2300186         Enhancements on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission              ZTE

R1-2300208         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2300253         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     OPPO

R1-2300328         UL Precoding for Multi-panel Transmission Panasonic

R1-2300394         On Simultaneous Multi-Panel Transmission Google

R1-2300441         Further discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission        vivo

R1-2300491         Discussion on simultaneous transmission on multiple panels    FGI

R1-2300515         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Lenovo

R1-2300527         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission LG Electronics

R1-2300550         Enhancements on multi-panel uplink transmission      xiaomi

R1-2300655         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     CATT

R1-2300742         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Fujitsu

R1-2300822         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     NEC

R1-2300850         Views on UL multi-panel transmission         Sharp

R1-2300937         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission (#112)   Intel Corporation

R1-2300987         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     CMCC

R1-2301076         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Ericsson

R1-2301252         Views on UL precoding indication for STxMP            Samsung

R1-2301334         Views on UL precoding indication for multi-panel simultaneous PUSCH transmissions       Apple

R1-2301400         Simultaneous multi-panel transmission         Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2301460         Discussion on STxMP       ASUSTeK

R1-2301482         Discussion on multi-panel transmission        NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2301582         Simultaneous transmission across multiple UE panels MediaTek Inc.

R1-2301647         Precoder Indication for Multi-Panel UL Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

 

R1-2301819        Summary #1 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

From Monday session

Conclusion

There is no consensus to support dynamic switching between STxMP SDM/SFN scheme and Rel-17 mTRP PUSCH TDM scheme.

 

Conclusion

There is no consensus to support 2 CWs in single-DCI based STxMP SDM scheme.

 

Agreement

Confirm the working assumption with the following updates:

Support the following scheme for STxMP PUSCH transmission in single-DCI based mTRP system in Rel-18:

 

Agreement

When max 2 PTRS ports are configured for SDM scheme of single-DCI based STxMP PUSCH:

FFS: Whether additional RRC configuration is needed for the max number of PTRS ports for SDM transmission

 

 

R1-2301820        Summary #2 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

From Wednesday session

Working Assumption

For dynamic switching between STxMP SDM scheme and sTRP transmission, support the following:

 

Agreement

For multi-DCI based STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH, study enhancements of the UCI multiplexing rule to address the case that one PUCCH overlaps with two overlapped PUSCHs of STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH.

 

Agreement

On dynamic switching between STxMP SFN scheme and sTRP transmission:

 

 

R1-2301821        Summary #3 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

From Thursday session

Agreement

To support indicating DMRS ports in different CDM groups for layer combination {1+2} in SDM

·        Add new entry {0, 2, 3} to the DMRS table for the layer combination {1+2};

·        This is optional UE capability for UE that supports sDCI based STxMP SDM

Agreement

For single-DCI based STxMP SFN scheme,

·        Alt2: When maxNrofPorts = 2 is configured for PTRS in SFN scheme, the actual number of PTRS port(s) in SFN is determined by the 1st TPMI field for CB or 1st SRI field for NCB

o   Each PTRS port is transmitted in SFN manner

Agreement

Among the two SRS resource sets configured for multi-DCI based STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH, the SRS resource set with lower set ID is the first SRS resource set.

9.1.4.22       SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission

To support up to 4 or more layers per UE in UL targeting CPE/FWA/vehicle/industrial devices.

 

R1-2300099         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2300162         Further Details on SRI/TPMI Enhancement for 8TX UE           InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2300166         Recommended Direction on SRITPMI Enhancements for RAN1#112b Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)

R1-2300187         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    ZTE

R1-2300209         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2300254         SRI TPMI enhancement for 8 TX UL transmission    OPPO

R1-2300395         On SRI/TPMI Indication for 8Tx Transmission          Google

R1-2300442         Further discussion on enabling 8 TX UL transmission vivo

R1-2300496         Discussion on SRI/TPMI Enhancements for 8 TX UL Transmission      FGI

R1-2300516         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8TX UL transmission     Lenovo

R1-2300528         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    LG Electronics

R1-2300551         Enhancements on 8Tx uplink transmission   xiaomi

R1-2300656         On SRI/TPMI enhancement for 8TX UL transmission              CATT

R1-2300815         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement         NEC

R1-2300851         Views on 8 TX UL transmission     Sharp

R1-2300867         Considerations on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Sony

R1-2300938         Discussion on enhancement for 8Tx UL transmission Intel Corporation

R1-2300988         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               CMCC

R1-2301135         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               KDDI Corporation

R1-2301945         SRI/TPMI Enhancement for Enabling 8 TX UL Transmission Ericsson (rev of R1-2301184)

R1-2301253         Views on TPMI/SRI enhancements for 8Tx UL transmission   Samsung

R1-2301335         Views on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission  Apple

R1-2301401         Enhancements for 8 Tx UL transmissions     Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2301483         Discussion on 8 TX UL transmission            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2301575         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 Tx UL transmission     MediaTek Inc.

R1-2301648         UL enhancements for enabling 8Tx UL transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2301687         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    CEWiT

 

R1-2300163         FL Summary SRI/TPMI Enhancements Preparatory   Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)

R1-2300164        FL Summary SRI/TPMI Enhancements First Round           Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)

From Monday session

Agreement

For fully coherent uplink precoding by an 8TX UE, based on NR Rel-15 single panel DL Type I codebook, the following pairs of (N1, N2) values are supported,

A pair of (N1, N2) can be configured with subject to UE capability.

 

Agreement

Fully coherent uplink precoding by an 8TX UE, based on NR Rel-15 single panel DL Type I codebook

 

Agreement

To support dual CW PUSCH transmission for rank>4 by an 8TX UE, for MCS indication, support

 

Agreement

To support dual CW PUSCH transmission for rank>4 by an 8TX UE, a second set of NDI (1 bit) and RV (2 bits) fields are indicated.

·        FFS: Details on how to signal

Agreement

To support dual CW PUSCH transmission for rank>4 by an 8TX UE, reuse DL PDSCH scrambling mechanism to initialize the scrambling sequence generator for codeword q{0,1},

where , and  are defined similar to the legacy single CW PUSCH transmission.

 

 

R1-2300165        FL Summary SRI/TPMI Enhancements Second Round       Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)

From Wednesday session

Agreement

For fully coherent uplink precoding by an 8TX UE, based on NR Rel-15 single panel DL Type I codebook (CodebookMode=1),

 

Working Assumption changed (Thursday session) to an agreement

To support UCI multiplexing on PUSCH for transmission with rank>4 by an 8TX UE, UCI is always multiplexed only on one of the CWs, down-select from,

 

Agreement

For non-coherent uplink precoding by an 8TX UE, following precoders are supported for 1 layer transmission.

with the scaling factor of .

 

 

R1-2302007        FL Summary SRI/TPMI Enhancements Third Round         Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)

From Thursday session

Agreement

For NCB-based 8TX PUSCH transmission with , where  is the number of configured single-port SRS resources in a resource set,

For , Rel-15 SRI indication is reused

 

Agreement

For CB-based 8TX PUSCH transmission, where Mode 2 uplink full power transmission (if supported) is not used, re-use legacy Rel-15 mechanism, that is

·        when only one SRS resource in a resource set is configured, the SRI field in DCI is absent,

·        when two SRS resources are configured in a resource set, 1 bit of SRI field in DCI is used to indicate the selected SRS resource in the set.

 

Agreement

For partially coherent uplink precoding by an 8TX UE codebook,

 

Agreement

For partially coherent uplink precoding by an 8TX UE codebook, Ng=2,

·        Following rank and layer splitting cases are supported

Rank

All layers in one Antenna Group

Layers split across 2 Antenna Groups

1

(1,0), (0,1)

-          

8

-          

(4,4)

 

·        Select from the following cases based on the performance and overall DCI overhead

Rank

All layers in one Antenna Group

Layers split across 2 Antenna Groups

2

(2,0), (0,2)

-          

2

-          

(1,1)

3

(3,0), (0,3)

-          

3

-          

(2,1), (1,2)

4

(4,0), (0,4)

-          

4

-          

(2,2), (3,1), (1,3)

5

-          

(4,1), (1,4), (2,3), (3,2)

6

-          

(4,2), (2,4), (3,3)

7

-          

(4,3), (3,4)

Note: Above is not relevant to how precoders are indicated.


 RAN1#112-bis-e

9.1       NR MIMO evolution for downlink and uplink

Please refer to RP-223276 for detailed scope of the WI.

9.1.1        Multi-TRP enhancement

9.1.1.1       Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP

Including extension for indication of multiple DL/UL TCI states, simultaneous multi-panel UL transmission, and power control for UL single DCI.

 

R1-2302299         Unified TCI Enhancements for MTRP           InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2302311         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        FUTUREWEI

R1-2302370         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2302396         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Panasonic

R1-2302411         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Ericsson

R1-2302416         Enhancements on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        ZTE

R1-2302469         Further discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP  vivo

R1-2302532         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        OPPO

R1-2302585         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2302635         Multi-TRP enhancements for the unified TCI framework         Fraunhofer IIS

R1-2302680         Further discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP operation               CATT

R1-2302723         Discussion of unified TCI framework for multi-TRP  Lenovo

R1-2302780         Unified TCI Framework for Multi-TRP        Intel Corporation

R1-2302900         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Fujitsu

R1-2302959         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        xiaomi

R1-2303005         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2303068         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP/panel            LG Electronics

R1-2303110         Views on unified TCI extension focusing on m-TRP  Samsung

R1-2303178         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Sharp

R1-2303216         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              CMCC

R1-2303300         Discussion on Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP             CEWiT

R1-2303359         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        MediaTek Inc.

R1-2303372         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Transsion Holdings

R1-2303393         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP operation            TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2303405         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              FGI

R1-2303467         Unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP        Apple

R1-2303516         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              Google

R1-2303573         Extension of unified TCI framework for mTRP           Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2303665         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              NEC

R1-2303697         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2303778         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP              ITRI

R1-2303805         Discussion on unified TCI framework extension for M-TRP operation  Hyundai Motor Company

R1-2303806         Summary of pre-meeting offline discussion on extension of unified TCI framework               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

 

[112bis-e-R18-MIMO-01] – Darcy (MediaTek)

Email discussion on unified TCI framework extension for multi-TRP by April 26th

-        Check points: April 21, April 26

R1-2303807        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 0)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From April 17th GTW session

Conclusion

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP operation, there is no consensus to support dynamic switching between single-TRP operation and multi-TRP operation for channels/signals based on the number of TCI states mapped to the received TCI codepoint in DCI format 1_1/1_2

·        FFS: How to switch between Rel-17 sTRP operation and Rel-18 mTRP operation

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension, the Rel-17 timeline for updating the indicated joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) is retained, i.e., the indicated joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) applied to the DL reception or UL transmission in each slot is updated based on the Rel-17 beam application time

 

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, the UE shall apply the first indicated joint/UL TCI state to PUSCH transmission(s) scheduled/activated by DCI format 0_0 (including DG and Type2 CG).

 

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, an RRC configuration is provided to a Type1 CG configuration to inform that the UE shall apply the first, the second, or both indicated joint/UL TCI states to the corresponding CG-PUSCH transmission

o   For TDM based PUSCH Tx scheme, the UE shall apply the first indicated joint/UL TCI state to the PUSCH transmission occasions(s) associated with the first SRS resource set for CB/NCB, and the second indicated joint/UL TCI state to the PUSCH transmission occasions(s) associated with the second SRS resource set for CB/NCB

o   FFS: SDM and SFN based PUSCH Tx schemes

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 19th,

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, PDSCH-CJT Tx scheme is RRC-configured, and dynamic switching between PDSCH-CJT and other S-DCI based PDSCH Tx schemes is not supported.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 20th,

Agreement

If the UE is configured with SSB-MTC-AdditionalPCI and receives TCI state activation command (MAC-CE) that activates a set of joint/DL /UL TCI state(s) specific to each coresetPoolIndex value for M-DCI based MTRP in unified TCI framework extension, the activated joint/DL /UL TCI state(s) specific to one coresetPoolIndex value can be is associated with the serving cell PCI and the activated joint/DL /UL TCI state(s) specific to another coresetPoolIndex value can be associated with a PCI other than the serving cell PCI .

·        Note: How to implement above in specification is up to spec editor.

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for M-DCI based MTRP , after NW response to TRP-specific BFR request to a BFD-RS set associated with a coresetPoolIndex value, QCL assumption/spatial Tx filter/PL-RS for channel(s)/signal(s) that applies the indicated joint/DL /UL TCI state specific to the coresetPoolIndex value are updated according to the new beam (q new ) corresponding to the BFD-RS set.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 21st,

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, the presence of the [TCI selection field] can be RRC-configured per DL BWP

·        FFS: Whether the presence of the [TCI selection field] can be configured individually for DCI format 1_1 and DCI format 1_2 in the same DL BWP

 

R1-2303812        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 1)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From April 21st GTW session

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP operation, support the followings:

·        For a serving cell configured with joint DL/UL TCI mode, a full-set or any sub-set of {first joint TCI state, second joint TCI state} can be mapped to a TCI codepoint of the existing TCI field in a DCI format 1_1/1_2 by TCI state activation command (MAC-CE)

·        For a serving cell configured with separate DL/UL TCI mode, a full-set or any sub-set of {first DL TCI state, first UL TCI state, second DL TCI state, second UL TCI state} can be mapped to a TCI codepoint of the existing TCI field in a DCI format 1_1/1_2 by TCI state activation command (MAC-CE)

·        TCI state activation command (MAC-CE) should indicate that each joint/DL/UL TCI state mapped to a TCI codepoint is the first or second joint/DL/UL TCI state (detail on how to indicate above is up to RAN2 design)

·        The first/second indicated joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) is updated according to the corresponding first/second joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) mapped to the TCI codepoint received by the UE

o   If the UE receives a TCI codepoint mapped with a sub-set of {first joint TCI state, second joint TCI state} or {first DL TCI state, first UL TCI state, second DL TCI state, second UL TCI state}, the UE shall update the first/second indicated joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) according to the first/second joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) in the subset and keep other indicated first/second joint/DL/UL TCI state(s) that is not updated by the received TCI codepoint

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for M-DCI based MTRP, support at least Opt2 for PUCCH transmission, and Opt1 is not supported

·        Note: Opt3 and Opt4 are not precluded

 

R1-2303814        Moderator summary on extension of unified TCI framework (Round 2)               Moderator (MediaTek Inc.)

From April 25th GTW session

Conclusion

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, there is no consensus in RAN1 on whether to reuse the Rel-17 RRC parameter followUnifiedTCIstate as a part of the RRC configuration that informs the UE shall apply the first one, the second one, both, or none of the indicated joint/DL TCI states to a CORESET

·        Above does not impact how RAN2 writes their specifications

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for S-DCI based MTRP, an RRC configuration can be provided in CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo of CSI-AperiodicTrigger State for each CSI-RS resource set or for each CSI-RS resource in each aperiodic CSI-RS resource set to inform that the UE shall apply the first or the second indicated joint/DL TCI state to the CSI-RS resource if the aperiodic CSI-RS resource set for CSI/BM is configured to follow unified TCI state

·        Above applies at least if the offset between the last symbol of the PDCCH carrying the triggering DCI and the first symbol of the aperiodic CSI-RS resources in the aperiodic CSI-RS resource set is equal to or larger than a threshold (if the threshold is needed)

·        FFS: If the UE is configured for CSI-RS resource set, for an aperiodic CSI-RS resource set configured with two Resource Groups for NCJT CSI and configured to follow unified TCI state, if above RRC configuration is not provided to the aperiodic CSI-RS resource set, the UE shall apply the first indicated joint/DL TCI state to the CSI-RS resource(s) in Group 1 and the second indicated joint/DL TCI state to the CSI-RS resource(s) in Group 2.

·        ‘per CSI-RS resource set’ or ‘per CSI-RS resource’ is up to UE capability

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension, support the following cases for CA operation:

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 26th,

Agreement

On unified TCI framework extension for M-DCI based MTRP, an RRC configuration is provided to a Type1 CG configuration to inform that the UE shall apply the first or the second indicated joint/UL TCI state to the corresponding CG-PUSCH transmission, where the first and the second indicated joint/DL TCI states correspond to the indicated joint/UL TCI states specific to coresetPoolIndex value 0 and value 1, respectively.

 

 

Final summary in R1-2304235.

9.1.1.2       Two TAs for multi-DCI

R1-2302300         Enhanced mTRP Operation with Multiple TA             InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2302312         Enhancements to support two TAs for multi-DCI       FUTUREWEI

R1-2302371         Study on TA enhancement for UL M-TRP transmssion             Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2302412         Two TAs for multi-DCI    Ericsson

R1-2302417         TA enhancement for multi-DCI       ZTE

R1-2302470         Further discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI-based multi-TRP operation            vivo

R1-2302533         Two TAs for multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation   OPPO

R1-2302586         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based multi-TRP            Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2302681         Discussion on two TAs for UL multi-DCI for multi-TRP operation        CATT

R1-2302724         Discussion of two TAs for multi-DCI UL transmission             Lenovo

R1-2302781         On two TAs for multi-DCI Intel Corporation

R1-2302960         Discussion on two TAs for multi-TRP operation         xiaomi

R1-2303006         Two TAs for UL multi-DCI multi-TRP operation       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2303040         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based on multi-TRP operation     TCL Communication Ltd.

R1-2303069         Two TAs for multi-TRP/panel         LG Electronics

R1-2303111         Views on two TAs for m-DCI          Samsung

R1-2303179         Two TAs for multi-DCI    Sharp

R1-2303217         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           CMCC

R1-2303360         UL Tx Timing Management for MTRP Operation      MediaTek Inc.

R1-2303373         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI based multi-TRP operation          Transsion Holdings

R1-2303468         Views on two TAs for multi-DCI Uplink Transmissions           Apple

R1-2303517         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           Google

R1-2303574         Supporting two TAs for multi-DCI based mTRP         Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2303666         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           NEC

R1-2303698         Discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI           NTT DOCOMO, INC.

 

[112bis-e-R18-MIMO-02] – Siva (Ericsson)

Email discussion on two TAs for multi-DCI by April 26th

-        Check points: April 21, April 26

R1-2304055        Moderator Summary #1 on Two TAs for multi-DCI            Moderator (Ericsson)

From April 19th GTW session

Working Assumption

For intra-cell multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, support the case where a PDCCH order sent by TRPX triggers RACH procedure towards either TRPX or TRPY.

·        FFS: details of PRACH power control

Agreement

For multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, support at least RAR-based solution where RAR is only received from a TRP that is associated with Type 1 CSS

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 21st,

Agreement

For intercell multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, support indication of which PRACH configuration to be used in the RACH procedure in the PDCCH order.

·        FFS: Whether additionalPCI or a generic identifier is indicated in PDCCH order

·        FFS: The detail of the indication in PDCCH order in terms of whether to support PRACH triggered for inactive additionalPCI.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 25th,

Conclusion

For multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, how to indicate the TAG ID via absolute TA command MAC CE is left up to RAN2:

·        One of two TAG IDs configured in the SpCell can be indicated.

Agreement

For intra-cell multi-DCI based Multi-TRP operation with two TA enhancement, down-select one of the following alternatives:

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 26th,

Agreement

For multi-DCI based inter-cell multi-TRP and intra-cell multi-TRP operation with two TAGs configured in a CC, for a CFRA based PDCCH order from one TRP triggering PRACH towards another TRP, study whether and, if needed, how to determine the transmit power of the triggered PRACH preamble.

9.1.2        CSI enhancement

Including CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT (CJT).

 

R1-2302301         Further Details on CSI for CJT and Medium/High UE Velocities           InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2302372         CSI enhancement for coherent JT and mobility           Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2303893         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       ZTE        (rev of R1-2302418)

R1-2302471         Further discussion on CSI enhancement for high-medium UE velocities and coherent JT           vivo

R1-2302534         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         OPPO

R1-2302587         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2302636         CSI enhancements for medium UE velocities and coherent JT Fraunhofer IIS

R1-2302682         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT               CATT

R1-2302725         Discussion of CSI enhancement for high speed UE and coherent JT       Lenovo

R1-2302782         On CSI enhancements       Intel Corporation

R1-2302839         Views on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT     Sony

R1-2302901         Discussion on Rel-18 MIMO CSI enhancement          Fujitsu

R1-2302961         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       Xiaomi

R1-2303007         CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT       Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2303044         On CSI Enhancement        Google

R1-2303070         Potential CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and coherent JT         LG Electronics

R1-2303084         Discussion on CSI enhancement     Mavenir

R1-2304066         Views on CSI enhancements           Samsung              (rev of R1-2303901 (rev of R1-2303114))

R1-2303191         CSI enhancement Sharp

R1-2303218         Discussion on CSI enhancement for high/medium UE velocities and CJT               CMCC

R1-2303328         CSI Enhancements             MediaTek Inc.

R1-2303469         Views on Rel-18 MIMO CSI enhancement   Apple

R1-2303575         CSI enhancements for medium UE velocities and Coherent-JT Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2303650         Views on CSI Enhancements for CJT            AT&T

R1-2303677         Discussion on CSI enhancement     NEC

R1-2303699         Discussion on CSI enhancement     NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2303783         On CSI enhancements for Rel-18 NR MIMO evolution            Ericsson

 

R1-2303113         Summary of OFFLINE discussion on Rel-18 MIMO CSI          Moderator (Samsung)

[112bis-e-R18-MIMO-03] – Eko (Samsung)

Email discussion on CSI enhancement by April 26th

-        Check points: April 21, April 26

R1-2303112        Moderator summary on Rel-18 CSI enhancements Moderator (Samsung)

From April 17th GTW session

Agreement

On the Parameter Combination of Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, only the following linkages are supported (marked ‘x’), for Rel-16 eType-II based

 

NTRP

SD combo

FD combo {pv},

{1/8, 1/8, 1/16, 1/16}, Ľ

{1/8, 1/8, 1/16, 1/16}, ˝

{1/4, Ľ, 1/8, 1/8}, Ľ

{1/4, Ľ, 1/8, 1/8}, ˝

{1/4, Ľ, Ľ, Ľ}, ľ

{1/2, ˝, ˝, ˝}, ˝

1

2

 

 

x

x

 

 

4

 

 

x

x

x

 

6 w/ restriction

 

 

 

x

x

 

2

{2,2}

x

 

 

 

 

 

{2,4}

{4,2}

x

 

 

 

 

·                                       

 

{4,4}

 

x

 

x

 

x

3

{2,2,2}

x

x

 

 

 

 

{2,2,4}

{2,4,2}

{4,2,2}

x

x

·                                       

·                                       

 

 

 

·                                       

·                                       

 

{4,4,4}

x

x

 x

x

x

x

4

{2,2,2,2}

x

 

 

 

 

N/A

{2,2,2,4}

x

 

 

 

 

N/A

{2,2,4,4}

 

 

 

x

x

N/A

{4,4,4,4}

 

x

 

 x

x

N/A

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding CBSR, amplitude restriction is CSI-RS-resource-specific.

·        FFS: Whether CBSR is always configured for each CSI-RS resource or not

Conclusion

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding CBSR for NTRP>1, there is no consensus in supporting the additional optional soft amplitude restriction. Therefore, only hard amplitude restriction (per CSI-RS resource, based on the legacy design) is supported.

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for mode-1, support the use of per-CSI-RS-resource FD basis selection offset (relative to a reference CSI-RS resource) for independent FD basis selection across N CSI-RS resources, i.e. (example formulation)  where:

 

Agreement

On the Parameter Combination of Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for Rel-17 FeType-II based,

·        For =1, the Rel-17 legacy Parameter Combination is fully reused

·        Regarding the combinations {M, beta}, it is proposed to reuse the legacy as below, with restriction on M=2.

M

Condition

1

˝

 

ľ

 

1

 

2

˝

FFS: N_trp<=3, NL=1

ľ

FFS: N_trp<=3, NL =1

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, when a UE is configured with X=2 for CQI calculation and reporting, the 2nd CQI is located in UCI part 2.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, when WCSI>1, if a UE supports X=2 for CQI calculation, the value of X (either 1 or 2) is gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signalling.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the bitmap(s) for indicating the locations of the NZCs,

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities based on Rel-16 eType-II regular codebook, at least the following Parameter Combinations are supported

4

1/4

1/4

1/4

4

1/4

1/4

1/2

4 (*)

1/2

1/4

1/2

4 (*)

1/4

1/4

3/4

6 (*)

1/4

--

1/2

6 (*)

1/4

--

3/4

(*) Note: From legacy. For L=6, the same restriction and UE optionality as legacy apply

2

1/8

1/16

1/4

2

1/8

1/16

1/2

2(*)

Ľ

1/8

Ľ

2 (*)

Ľ

1/8

˝

4

1/8

1/16

1/4

4 (*)

Ľ

1/8

1/4

(*) Note: From legacy.

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, regarding the quantization of wideband normalized amplitude value,

 

Working Assumption

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, for TDCP measurement and calculation,

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 18th,

Conclusion: On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for Rel-16-based refinement, for NTRP>1, in addition to the supported SD combinations/permutations, there is no consensus on supporting at least one additional combination where at least one of the Ln values (n=1, …, NTRP) is 6.

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding UCI omission, support reusing the legacy UCI omission mechanism with (Alt3) the following priority function: Prio(l,l,m,q)=2L.RI.Mv.q + 2L.RI.P(m)+ RI.l + l where P(m) = m

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, regarding the value of parameter Y for Y>1, the value of Y is gNB-configured via higher-layer (RRC) signalling.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 19th,

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for mode-1, the layer-common reference CSI-RS resource  is fixed to the first of the N selected CSI-RS resource(s).

·        FFS: Whether more refined definition is needed for “the first”, e.g. related to the ordering of CSI-RS resources in the resource set, depending on RAN2 outcome.

Agreement

On the Parameter Combination of Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for NTRP =1, in addition to the already agreed seven Parameter Combinations, support the following Parameter Combination (based on legacy Parameter Combination #6): L=4, {pv;b}={ ˝, ˝, Ľ , Ľ; ˝ }.

 

Conclusion:

On the Parameter Combination of Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, no additional configuration signalling for indicating the linkage is needed. Per previous agreements (RAN1#111 and 112):

Such configuration shall be according to the supported/agreed linkages.

 

Conclusion:

On the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocity, regarding CBSR, there is no consensus in supporting the additional optional soft amplitude restriction. Therefore, only hard amplitude restriction (based on the legacy design) is supported.

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, for TDCP measurement and calculation, confirm the following working assumption as an agreement with the following change

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, regarding the value of parameter Y, in addition to Y=1, support Y=2, 3, 4

Conclusion:

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, there is no consensus on specifying a new priority rule. Therefore, the priority of the CSI report(s) associated with TDCP reporting is the same as CSI report(s) not carrying L1-RSRP or L1-SINR.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 20th,

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding CBSR, one of the NTRP configured CSI-RS resources must be configured with CBSR, while the remaining (NTRP –1) configured CSI-RS resources can be optionally configured with CBSR

·        Note: if CBSR of one particular resource is absent, it means no restriction for SD basis selection for the resource.

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding UCI omission, support reusing the legacy UCI omission mechanism while (Alt3) replacing SD basis index l in legacy Prio calculation with , i.e., SD basis index over all resources: Prio(l,l,m,n) = 2Ltot.RI.P(m)+ RI.+RI.l(n)+ l

·        FFS: FD permutation P(.) as Rel-16-analogous, or no permutation i.e. P(m)=m

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting,

·        Support the following D (delay) values: 4 symbols, 1 slot, 2 slots, 3 slots, 4 slots, 5 slots

·        Working assumption: Support the following D (delay) values in a separate UE Feature Group: 6 slots, 10 slots

FFS: The value of Dbasic

FFS: Applicability of each D value candidate for different SCS values and/or other parameters (e.g. Y, quantization)

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 21st,

Conclusion

On the Parameter Combination of Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for Rel-17 FeType-II based, there is no consensus on introducing restriction “NTRP≤3, NL =1” for M=2.

 

Conclusion

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding CBSR for NTRP=1, there is no consensus in supporting the additional optional soft amplitude restriction. Therefore, only hard amplitude restriction (per CSI-RS resource, based on the legacy design) is supported.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities based on Rel-16 eType-II regular codebook, in addition to the already agreed six Parameter Combinations, the following three Parameter Combinations are supported:

 

2

1/8

1/16

Ľ

2 (*)

Ľ

1/8

˝

4 (*)

Ľ

1/8

Ľ

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, regarding the quantization of wideband normalized amplitude value, down-select (by RAN1#113) from the following candidates:

Once an alternative is selected, reducing the number of candidate values for s is not precluded.

Companies can simulate each alternative with and without a configurable center threshold.

 

 

R1-2304065        Moderator Summary#3 on Rel-18 CSI enhancements: Round 2        Moderator (Samsung)

From April 21st GTW session

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, when a UE is configured with X=2 for CQI calculation and reporting, the 2nd CQI includes 4-bit wideband CQI and 2-bit sub-bands CQIs calculated independently from the 1st CQI

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding UCI omission

 

Agreement

On the Parameter Combination of Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, for Rel-17 FeType-II based, only the following an combinations are supported (after pruning): 

 

NTRP

 combination

2

{1/2,1/2}

{1/2,1}, {1,1/2}

{3/4,3/4}

{1,1}

3

{1/2, 1/2, 1/2}

{1/2, 1/2, 3/4}, and its permutations

{1/2, 1/2, 1}, and its permutations

{1, 1, 1}

4

{1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2}

{1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1} and its permutations

{1/2, 1/2, 1, 1}

{1, 1, 1, 1}

 

Conclusion

There is no consensus on the optional bitmap for Q=2

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 25th,

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding UCI omission, reuse the Rel-16 eType-II (legacy) permutation function P(m).

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP,

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding CSI calculation and measurement,

-        For the configured NTRP CSI-RS resources comprising the CMR, the restriction specified for Rel-17 NCJT CSI is fully reused, i.e. the configured NTRP CSI-RS resources are located either in the same slot or two consecutive slots

-        On PDSCH EPRE assumption for CQI calculation, down-select between the two alternatives:

o   Alt1. The UE can assume that the PDSCH EPRE for a given CSI-RS port follows the configured powerControlOffset value associated with its respective CSI-RS resource

o   Alt2. The UE can assume that the PDSCH EPRE for a given CSI-RS port follows a commonly configured powerControlOffset value for all the N selected CSI-RS resources

o   Alt3. The UE can assume that the PDSCH EPRE for a given CSI-RS port follows a commonly configured powerControlOffset value defined as averagePDSCH-to-averageCSIRS EPRE ratio, where averagePDSCH and averageCSIRS are average power across for all the N selected CSI-RS resources

o   Alt4. The UE can assume that the PDSCH EPRE divided by N for a given CSI-RS port follows a commonly configured powerControlOffset value for all the N selected CSI-RS resources

o   Alt 5: The UE can assume that the PDSCH EPRE for a given CSI-RS port follows the powerControlOffset value for one of the configured NTRP CSI-RS resources

o   Note: In legacy specification, different CSI-RS resources can be configured with different powerControlOffset values

-        Decide, in RAN1#113, whether an ordering of CSI-RS port indices (e.g. according to the CSI-RS resource ID in TS38.331) for CSI calculation needs to be specified or not

Note: The total number of CSI-RS ports summed across N selected (out of the configured NTRP) CSI-RS resources will be used in the TS38.214 equation for CSI calculation

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding the required number of CPUs and the values of Z/Z’, decide, in RAN1#113, at least based on the following factors:

 

Conclusion

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding the supported values of NL, there is no consensus in adding new value(s) (e.g. NL=3) to, or removing any value from the agreed NL ={1,2,4}.

 

Conclusion

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding the codebook parameter R, there is no consensus on supporting R=4.

 

Conclusion

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, regarding interference measurement, beyond that supported in legacy specification, there is no consensus on supporting any additional enhancement on IMR (including the configuration for NZP CSI-RS for interference measurement or CSI-IM in relation to the configured CMR(s)).

 

Agreement

On the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding UCI omission, when the configured value of N4 is >12, the DD basis selection indicator is placed in G1.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities,

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding CSI calculation and measurement,

-        The number of CSI-RS ports is the same for all the K configured CSI-RS resources comprising the CMR and the antenna ports for the same antenna port index across the K CSI-RS resources are the same.

-        All the K configured CSI-RS resources comprising the CMR share the same BW and RE locations

-        For interference measurement, legacy specification is fully reused, including the configuration for NZP CSI-RS for interference measurement or CSI-IM in relation to the configured CMR, i.e. only one NZP CSI-RS resource for interference measurement or only one CSI-IM resource can be configured irrespective of the value of K

-        On PDSCH EPRE assumption for CQI calculation, a same powerControlOffset value is assumed for all the K configured CSI-RS resources comprising the CMR

o   Alt 1: The configured powerControlOffset value is the same for all the K configured CSI-RS resources comprising the CMR

o   Alt 2: The assumed PDSCH EPRE of all the K CSI-RS resources follows the configured powerControlOffset value of one fixed CSI-RS resource, e.g. the first one

Note: This may imply that existing section 5.2.2.2.75 of TS38.214 can apply to Rel-18 Type-II Doppler codebook in terms of Rel-18 CMR (burst of CSI-RS resources) and Rel-18 CSI reference resource.

 

Agreement

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding the required number and/or occupation time of CPUs, the values of Z/Z’, and total number active/simultaneous CSI-RS resource/ports, decide, in RAN1#113, at least based on the following factors:

-        The measurement of K>1 CSI-RS resources for Type-II CSI required to perform UE-side prediction, UE-side prediction based on multiple CSI-RS occasion(s) before CSI triggering (FFS whether to support), CSI-RS occasion(s) after CSI triggering and, when the configured N4 value is >1, DD compression (when the configured N4 value is >1)

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 26th,

Conclusion

On the Type-II codebook refinement for CJT mTRP, the lists of UCI parameters (along with the description of each parameter) are given in Table 1C, 1D, and 1E.

·        Note: The manner in which the UCI parameters are captured is up to the spec editors

Table 1C: UCI parameter list for Rel-16 based

Parameter

UCI

Details/description

Status

# NZ coefficients

Part 1

RI (Î{1,…, RIMAX}) and KNZ,TOT (the total number of non-zero coefficients summed across all the layers and all N CSI-RS resources, where KNZ,TOT Î{1,2,…, 2K0} are reported in UCI part 1

Complete

Wideband CQI

Part 1

Same as R15

Complete

Subband CQI

Part 1

Same as R15

Complete

CSI-RS resource selection bitmap

Part 1

Only reported when NTRP >1:

NTRP-bit bitmap to indicate the UE recommendation of N CSI-RS resources

-         Non-existent if the value of N is RRC-configured to NTRP

Complete

Indication of number of SD basis vectors {L1, …, LNTRP}

Part 1

UE recommendation selecting one of the NL RRC-configured value combinations (-bit indicator)

-         Non-existent if NL=1

Complete

N Bitmap(s) per layer

Part 2

For RI=1-4: for layer l and CSI-RS resource n, size-

 where n denotes the n-th CSI-RS resource

Complete

Strongest coefficient indicator (SCI)

Part 2

RI=1: A -bit indicator for the strongest coefficient index

RI>1: See Table 1E below

Complete

SD basis subset selection indicator for each of the N CSI-RS resources

Part 2

SD basis subset selection indicator is a -bit indicator for n=0,1,…,N–1. Details follow Rel.15

Complete

FD basis subset selection indicator

Part 2

Mode-1: See Table “SCI and FD basis subset selection indicator“ below + (N – 1) FD basis selection window offset values  (basic) or (optional), n=1,2,…,N–1

 

Mode-2: See Table 1E “SCI and FD basis subset selection indicator“ below

Mode-1 complete

Mode-2 complete

LC coefficients: phase

Part 2

Quantized independently across layers

Complete

LC coefficients: amplitude

Part 2

Alt1 (agreed): Quantized independently across layers (including a reference amplitude for weaker polarization, for each layer)

 

Alt3 (WA): Quantized independently across layers (including 2N-1 reference amplitudes for 2N-1 (polarization, CSI-RS resource) pairs excluding the pair of (polarization, CSI-RS resource) associated with the SCI, for each layer)

WA on Alt3 support needs to be confirmed or reverted

SD oversampling (rotation) factor q1, q2

Part 2

Values of q1,n, q2,n follow Rel.15, reported per CSI RS resource

Complete

 

Table 1D: UCI parameter list for Rel-17 based

Parameter

UCI

Details/description

Status

# NZ coefficients

Part 1

RI (Î{1,…, RIMAX}) and KNZ,TOT (the total number of non-zero coefficients summed across all the layers and all N CSI-RS resources, where KNZ,TOT Î{1,2,…, 2K0} are reported in UCI part 1

Complete

Wideband CQI

Part 1

Same as R15

Complete

Subband CQI

Part 1

Same as R15

Complete

CSI-RS resource selection bitmap

Part 1

NTRP-bit bitmap to indicate the UE recommendation of N CSI-RS resources

-         Non-existent if the value of N is RRC-configured to NTRP

Complete

Indication of number of selected ports {L1, …, LNTRP}, where Ln=n PCSI-RS /2

Part 1

UE recommendation selecting one of the NL RRC-configured value combinations (-bit indicator)

-         Non-existent if NL=1

Complete

N Bitmap(s) per layer

Part 2

For layer l and CSI-RS resource n, size-, or ( where )

Complete

Strongest coefficient indicator (SCI)

Part 2

For layer l: A -bit indicator for the strongest coefficient index

Complete

Port selection indicator for each of the N CSI-RS resources

Part 2

Port selection indicator is a -bit indicator for n=0,1,…,N–1, where Ln=n PCSI-RS /2. Details follow Rel.15

Complete

FD basis subset selection indicator

Part 2

Mode-1: See Mode-2+ (N – 1) FD basis selection window offset values  (basic) or (optional), n=1,2,…,N–1

 

Mode-2: a  bit indicator only if N>M=2, where  is configured with the higher-layer parameter valueOfN, when .

Mode-1 complete

Mode-2 complete

LC coefficients: phase

Part 2

Quantized independently across layers

Complete

LC coefficients: amplitude

Part 2

Alt1 (agreed): Quantized independently across layers (including a reference amplitude for weaker polarization, for each layer)

 

Alt3 (WA): Quantized independently across layers (including 2N-1 reference amplitudes for 2N-1 (polarization, CSI-RS resource) pairs excluding the pair of (polarization, CSI-RS resource) associated with the SCI, for each layer)

WA on Alt3 support needs to be confirmed or reverted

 

Table 1E: SCI and FD basis subset selection indicator for Rel-16-based Type-II CJT

SCI and FD basis subset selection indicator

SCI for RI>1

Per-layer SCI defined across N CSI-RS resources, where  is a –bit () indicator. The location (index) of the strongest LC coefficient for layer  before index remapping is  , , and  is not reported

Index remapping

For layer , the index  of each nonzero LC coefficient  is remapped with respect to  to  such that . The FD basis index  associated to each nonzero LC coefficient  is remapped with respect to  to  such that . The sets  and  are reported.

Informative note (for the purpose of reference procedure):

The index  of nonzero LC coefficients is remapped as . The codebook index associated with nonzero LC coefficient index  is remapped as .

Combinatorial indicator for

 bits

Combinatorial indicator for

 bits

Reported in UCI part 2, ,  bits

(*) The red highlight parts are the new components in Rel-18.

 

Conclusion

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, there is no consensus on supporting the following additional features when the value of N4 is 1 (or configured to 1):

·        X=2 TD CQIs

·        Additional constraint on the value of d: only d=1 is allowed

Conclusion

On the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, the lists of UCI parameters (along with the description of each parameter) are given in Table 3C, 3D, and 3E.

·        Note: The manner in which the UCI parameters are captured is up to the spec editors

Table 3C: UCI parameter list for Rel-16 based

Parameter

UCI

Details/description

Status

# NZ coefficients

Part 1

RI (Î{1,…, RIMAX}) and KNZ,TOT (the total number of non-zero coefficients summed across all the Q selected DD basis and across all the layers, are reported in UCI part 1

Complete

Wideband CQI

Part 1

Same as R15

Complete

Subband CQI

Part 1

Same as R15

Complete

Wideband CQI for the second TD CQI

Part 2

Only applicable for X=2 (same format as CQIs for 2CW when RI>4 in R15)

Complete

Subband CQI for the second TD CQI

Part 2

Only applicable for X=2 (same format as CQIs for 2CW when RI>4 in R15)

Complete

Q Bitmap(s) per layer

Part 2

Q bitmaps where each bitmap has the same format/design as R16 eType-II

Complete

Strongest coefficient indicator (SCI)

Part 2

RI=1: A -bit indicator for the strongest coefficient index

RI>1: See Table 3E below

Complete

SD basis subset selection indicator

Part 2

SD basis subset selection indicator is a -bit indicator. Details follow Rel.15

Complete

FD basis subset selection indicator

Part 2

Details follow Rel.16 (Table 3E above)

Complete

DD basis subset selection indicator (per layer)

Part 2

Reported only when N4>2 and Q=2: the selection of Q out of N4 DD basis vectors is indicated by a -bit indicator

Complete

LC coefficients: phase

Part 2

Quantized independently across layers

Complete

 

LC coefficients: amplitude

Part 2

Quantized independently across layers (including a reference amplitude for weaker polarization, for each layer)

Complete

 

SD oversampling (rotation) factor q1, q2

Part 2

Values of q1, q2 follow Rel.15

Complete

 

Table 3D: UCI parameter list for Rel-17 based

Parameter

UCI

Details/description

Status

# NZ coefficients

Part 1

RI (Î{1,…, RIMAX}) and KNZ,TOT (the total number of non-zero coefficients summed across all the layers, are reported in UCI part 1

Complete

Wideband CQI

Part 1

Same as R15

Complete

Subband CQI

Part 1

Same as R15 (only X=1 TD CQI is supported)

 

Complete

Bitmap per layer

Part 2

Same as R17 eType-II

Complete

Strongest coefficient indicator (SCI)

Part 2

For layer l: A -bit indicator for the strongest coefficient index

Complete

Port selection indicator

Part 2

Port selection indicator is a -bit indicator. Where , Details follow Rel.17

Complete

FD basis subset selection indicator

Part 2

a  bit indicator only if N>M=2, where  is configured with the higher-layer parameter valueOfN, when .

Complete

LC coefficients: phase

Part 2

Quantized independently across layers

Complete

 

LC coefficients: amplitude

Part 2

Quantized independently across layers (including a reference amplitude for weaker polarization, for each layer)

Complete

 

 

Table 3E: SCI and FD basis subset selection indicator for Rel-16-based Type-II Doppler

SCI and FD basis subset selection indicator

SCI for RI>1

Per-layer SCI defined across Q DD basis vectors, where  is a –bit () indicator. The location (index) of the strongest LC coefficient for layer  before index remapping is  ,   indicates  and  is not reported

Index remapping

For layer , the index  of each nonzero LC coefficient  is remapped with respect to  to  such that . The FD basis index  associated to each nonzero LC coefficient  is remapped with respect to  to  such that . The sets  and  are reported.

Informative note (for the purpose of reference procedure):

The index  of nonzero LC coefficients is remapped as . The codebook index associated with nonzero LC coefficient index  is remapped as .

Combinatorial indicator for

 bits

Combinatorial indicator for

 bits

Reported in UCI part 2, , ,  bits

(*) The red highlighted parts are the new components in Rel-18

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, for TDCP measurement and calculation, at least the following restrictions are supported:

 

Agreement

For the Rel-18 TRS-based TDCP reporting, regarding phase quantization, down-select (by RAN1#113) from the following candidates:

The evaluation should consider the impact of delay tracking operation at the UE where the phase difference between two slots can be close to zero.

Note: This proposal doesn’t preclude the UE supporting only smaller delay values (e.g. 4-symbol only) for the phase report (which is already optional).

 

Conclusion

For the Type-II codebook refinement for high/medium velocities, regarding SCI definition, there is no consensus on supporting the index remapping scheme analogous to that for FD basis for DD basis. Therefore,  is a –bit indicator where  and Q is the number of DD basis vectors (1 or 2).

 

 

Final summary in R1-2304122.

9.1.3        Reference signal enhancement

9.1.3.1       Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports

Including increasing orthogonal DMRS ports for UL/DL MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO.

 

R1-2302302         Remaining Details on DMRS Enhancements InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2302313         On increasing the number of orthogonal DM-RS ports for MU-MIMO               FUTUREWEI

R1-2302373         Discussion on DMRS enhancements in Rel-18            Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2302419         DMRS enhancement for UL/DL MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO   ZTE, China Telecom

R1-2302428         Discussions on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports   New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.

R1-2302472         Further discussion on DMRS enhancements vivo

R1-2302535         DMRS enhancement for Rel-18 MIMO         OPPO

R1-2302588         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2302634         On increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports        Fraunhofer IIS

R1-2302683         DMRS enhancements in Rel-18      CATT

R1-2302726         Discussion of increased number of orthogonal  DMRS ports    Lenovo

R1-2302767         On increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports for MU-MIMO and 8 Tx UL SU-MIMO   Ericsson

R1-2302783         DMRS Enhancements for Rel-18 NR            Intel Corporation

R1-2302962         Discussion on DMRS enhancement Xiaomi

R1-2303008         Rel-18 UL and DL DMRS Enhancements     Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2303045         On DMRS Enhancement   Google

R1-2303071         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              LG Electronics

R1-2303115         Views on DMRS enhancements      Samsung

R1-2303180         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              Sharp

R1-2303219         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    CMCC

R1-2303329         Increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports              MediaTek Inc.

R1-2303470         Views on supporting increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports        Apple

R1-2303576         Design for increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports          Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2303678         Discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports    NEC

R1-2303700         Discussion on DMRS enhancements             NTT DOCOMO, INC.

 

[112bis-e-R18-MIMO-04] – Yuki (NTT DOCOMO)

Email discussion on increased number of orthogonal DMRS ports by April 26th

-        Check points: April 21, April 26

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 19th,

R18 DMRS port tables for sDCI mTRP PDSCH

Agreement (eType1, maxLength1)

For RAN1#111 agreement of the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType1 DMRS ports with maxLength = 1 for PDSCH, for S-DCI based M-TRP,

·        Support all rows of DMRS port combinations and Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data for Rel.18 eType1 DMRS ports with maxLength = 1 for PDSCH for S-TRP, in addition to row 30 for 1CW in RAN1#112 agreement.

o   If MU-MIMO restriction (i.e. UE does not expect to be multiplexed with other DMRS ports in the same CDM group) is introduced to certain row(s) for S-TRP, the MU-restriction is applied to the same row(s) for S-DCI based M-TRP.

Agreement (eType1, maxLength2)

For the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType1 DMRS ports with maxLength = 2 for PDSCH, for S-DCI based M-TRP case, support all the following rows of DMRS port combinations and Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data.

·        All rows for Rel.18 eType1 DMRS ports with maxLength = 2 for PDSCH for S-TRP.

o   If MU-MIMO restriction (i.e. UE does not expect to be multiplexed with other DMRS ports in the same CDM group) is introduced to certain row(s) for S-TRP, the MU-restriction is applied to the same row(s) for S-DCI based M-TRP.

·        For one CW, add new row 68 in Table 7.3.1.2.2-2A-X.

o   For row 68, introduce MU-MIMO restriction (i.e. UE does not expect to be multiplexed with other DMRS ports in the same CDM group).

Table 7.3.1.2.2-2A-X: Antenna port(s) (1000 + DMRS port), dmrs-Type=eType1, maxLength=2

One Codeword:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 disabled

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

68

2

0,2,3

1

 

Agreement (eType2, maxLength1)

For the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType2 DMRS ports with maxLength = 1 for PDSCH, for S-DCI based M-TRP case, support all the following rows of DMRS port combinations and Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data.

·        All rows for Rel.18 eType2 DMRS ports with maxLength = 1 for PDSCH for S-TRP.

o   If MU-MIMO restriction (i.e. UE does not expect to be multiplexed with other DMRS ports in the same CDM group) is introduced to certain row(s) for S-TRP, the MU-restriction is applied to the same row(s) for S-DCI based M-TRP.

·        For one CW, add new row 60 in Table 7.3.1.2.2-3A-X.

o   For row 60, introduce MU-MIMO restriction (i.e. UE does not expect to be multiplexed with other DMRS ports in the same CDM group).

Table 7.3.1.2.2-3A-X: Antenna port(s) (1000 + DMRS port), dmrs-Type=eType2, maxLength=1

One Codeword:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 disabled

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

60

2

0,2,3

 

Agreement (eType2, maxLength2)

For the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType2 DMRS ports with maxLength = 2 for PDSCH, for S-DCI based M-TRP case, support all the following rows of DMRS port combinations and Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data.

·        All rows for Rel.18 eType2 DMRS ports with maxLength = 2 for PDSCH for S-TRP.

o   If MU-MIMO restriction (i.e. UE does not expect to be multiplexed with other DMRS ports in the same CDM group) is introduced to certain row(s) for S-TRP, the MU-restriction is also applied to the same row(s) for S-DCI based M-TRP.

·        For one CW, add new row 128 in Table 7.3.1.2.2-4A-X.

o   For row 128, introduce MU-MIMO restriction (i.e. UE does not expect to be multiplexed with other DMRS ports in the same CDM group).

Table 7.3.1.2.2-4A-X: Antenna port(s) (1000 + DMRS port), dmrs-Type=eType2, maxLength=2

One Codeword:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 disabled

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

128

2

0,2,3

1

 

PUSCH with rank >4

Agreement

Confirm the following Working Assumption in RAN1#112 at least for NCB based PUSCH:

·        To support PUSCH with rank = 5-8, support the following for enhancement of DMRS port allocation tables.

o   Option 1: Separate DMRS ports tables for rank 5,6,7,8 for each of eType1/eType2 and maxLength=1/2 (similar to the current UL DMRS ports table).

§  FFS: whether/how to reuse the reserved field in antenna ports field for other purposes can be discussed in AI9.1.4.2 [or AI9.1.3.1].

·        Note: The above Working Assumption for CB based PUSCH may be confirmed later.

 

Agreement

For 8Tx PUSCH, specify the factor related to PUSCH to PTRS power ratio per layer per RE () based on the following principles.

 

R1-2303884        FL summary#1 on DMRS              Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

From April 19th GTW session

Agreement

For RAN1#111 agreement of the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType1 DMRS ports with maxLength = 1 for PDSCH, at least for S-TRP case,

·        For 2 CWs,

o   Alt.1: Confirm the working assumption in RAN1#112 with modification (in red).

§  Alt.3-1: Support at least row 0-3 for 2 CWs in Table 4-0.

Table 4-0: DMRS ports for 2CWs.

Two Codewords:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 enabled

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

0

2

0,1,2,3,8

1

2

0,1,2,3,8,10

2

2

0,1,2,3,8,9,10

3

2

0,1,2,3,8,9,10,11

[4]

[2]

[0,1,2,3,10]

[5]

[2]

[0,1,8,2,3,10]

[6]

[2]

[0,1,8,2,3,10,11]

[7]

[2]

[0,1,8,9,2,3,10,11]

[8]

[2]

[0,2,3,8,9]

[9]

[2]

[0,1,2,3,8,9]

FFS: Additional rows (rows 4~9) if there is technical justification.

 

Agreement

For RAN1#111 agreement of the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType1 DMRS ports with maxLength = 1 for PDSCH, at least for S-TRP case,

One Codeword:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 disabled

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

21

[2]

[8-10]

22

[2]

[8-11]

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 21st,

Working Assumption

·        Adopt Table 7.3.1.1.2-12B/13B/14B/15B/16B/17B/20B/21B/22B/23B to support signalling >4 ranks PUSCH with Rel-15 DMRS ports at least for full or non-coherent UL codebook based PUSCH and non-codebook based PUSCH.

·        FFS: Whether/how some of bits in the antenna ports field can be reused for other purpose for >4 ranks PUSCH.

Table 7.3.1.1.2-12B: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=2, rank = 5

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

0

2

0-4

2

1-15

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-13B: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= 1, maxLength=2, rank = 6

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

0

2

0,1,2,3,4,6

2

1-15

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-14B: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= 1, maxLength=2, rank = 7

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

0

2

0,1,2,3,4,5,6

2

1-15

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-15B: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= 1, maxLength=2, rank = 8

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

0

2

0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7

2

1-15

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-16B: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= 2, maxLength=1, rank=5

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

0

3

0-4

1-15

Reserved

Reserved

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-17B: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= 2, maxLength=1, rank=6

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

0

3

0-5

1-15

Reserved

Reserved

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-20B: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= 2, maxLength=2, rank=5

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

0

3

0-4

1

1

2

0,1,2,3,6

2

12-31

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-21B: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= 2, maxLength=2, rank=6

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

0

3

0-5

1

1

2

0,1,2,3,6,8

2

2-31

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-22B: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= 2, maxLength=2, rank=7

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

0

2

0,1,2,3,6,7,8

2

1-31

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

 

Table 7.3.1.1.2-23B: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= 2, maxLength=2, rank=8

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

0

2

0,1,2,3,6,7,8,9

2

1-31

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

 

Agreement

For > 4 layers PUSCH with Rel.18 eType 1/eType 2 DMRS ports, support at least the same DMRS port combination(s) as that for rank = 5,6,7,8 for PDSCH with Rel.18 eType 1/eType 2 DMRS ports at least for full or non-coherent UL codebook based PUSCH and non-codebook based PUSCH.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 24th,

Agreement

For the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType1 DMRS ports with maxLength = 2 for PDSCH, at least for S-TRP case, support all rows of DMRS port combinations and Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data in Table 7.3.1.2.2-2-X.

·        FFS: For row 9-11, 24-30, 55-60, and 81-83 (if agreed) in one CW, introduce MU-MIMO restriction (i.e. UE does not expect to be multiplexed with other DMRS ports in the same CDM group) or UE capability.

·        FFS: The total number of rows for eType1 DMRS ports with maxLength =2 for PDSCH at least for S-TRP case does not exceed 64.

Table 7.3.1.2.2-2-X: Antenna port(s) (1000 + DMRS port), dmrs-Type=eType1, maxLength=2

One Codeword:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 disabled

Two Codewords:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 enabled

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

0

1

0

1

[0

2

0-4

2]

1

1

1

1

[1

2

0,1,2,3,4,6

2]

2

1

0,1

1

[2

2

0,1,2,3,4,5,6

2]

3

2

0

1

[3

2

0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7

2]

4

2

1

1

4

2

0,1,2,3,8

1

5

2

2

1

5

2

0,1,2,3,8,10

1

6

2

3

1

6

2

0,1,2,3,8,9,10

1

7

2

0,1

1

7

2

0,1,2,3,8,9,10,11

1

[8

2

2,3

1]

[8

1

0,1,4,5,8

2]

[9

2

0-2

1]

[9

1

0,1,4,5,8,12

2]

[10

2

0-3

1]

[10

1

0,1,4,5,8,9,12

2]

[11

2

0,2

1]

[11

1

0,1,4,5,8,9,12,13

2]

12

2

0

2

[12

2

0,1,4,5,8

2]

13

2

1

2

[13

2

0,1,4,5,8,12

2]

14

2

2

2

[14

2

0,1,4,5,8,9,12

2]

15

2

3

2

[15

2

0,1,4,5,8,9,12,13

2]

16

2

4

2

[16

2

2,3,6,7,10

2]

17

2

5

2

[17

2

2,3,6,7,10,14

2]

18

2

6

2

[18

2

2,3,6,7,10,11,14

2]

19

2

7

2

[19

2

2,3,6,7,10,11,14,15

2]

20

2

0,1

2

[20

2

0,1, 2,3,10

1]

21

2

2,3

2

[21

2

0,1,8,2,3,10

1]

22

2

4,5

2

[22

2

0,1,8, 2,3,10,11

1]

23

2

6,7

2

[23

2

0,1,8,9,2,3,10,11

1]

[24

2

0,4

2]

[24

1

0,1,4,5,12

2]

[25

2

2,6

2]

[25

1

0,1,8,4,5,12

2]

[26

2

0,1,4

2]

[26

1

0,1,8,4,5,12,13

2]

[27

2

2,3,6

2]

[27

1

0,1,8,9,4,5,12,13

2]

[28

2

0,1,4,5

2]

[28

2

0,1,4,5,12

2]

[29

2

2,3,6,7

2]

[29

2

0,1,8,4,5,12

2]

[30

2

0,2,4,6

2]

[30

2

0,1,8,4,5,12,13

2]

31

1

8

1

[31

2

0,1,8,9,4,5,12,13

2]

32

1

9

1

[32

2

2,3,6,7,14

2]

33

1

8,9

1

[33

2

2,3,10,6,7,14

2]

34

2

8

1

[34

2

2,3,10,6,7,14,15

2]

35

2

9

1

[35

2

2,3,10,11,6,7,14,15

2]

36

2

10

1

[36

2

0,2,3,8,9

1]

37

2

11

1

[37

2

0,1,2,3,8,9

1]

38

2

8,9

1

 

 

 

 

39

2

10,11

1

 

 

 

 

[40

2

8-10

1]

 

 

 

 

[41

2

8-11

1]

 

 

 

 

[42

2

8,10

1]

 

 

 

 

43

2

8

2

 

 

 

 

44

2

9

2

 

 

 

 

45

2

10

2

 

 

 

 

46

2

11

2

 

 

 

 

47

2

12

2

 

 

 

 

48

2

13

2

 

 

 

 

49

2

14

2

 

 

 

 

50

2

15

2

 

 

 

 

51

2

8,9

2

 

 

 

 

52

2

10,11

2

 

 

 

 

53

2

12,13

2

 

 

 

 

54

2

14,15

2

 

 

 

 

[55

2

8,12

2]

 

 

 

 

[56

2

10,14

2]

 

 

 

 

[57

2

8,9,12

2]

 

 

 

 

[58

2

10,11,14

2]

 

 

 

 

[59

2

8,9,12,13

2]

 

 

 

 

[60

2

10,11,14,15

2]

 

 

 

 

61

2

8,10,12,14

2

 

 

 

 

62

1

0,1,8

1

 

 

 

 

63

1

0,1,8,9

1

 

 

 

 

64

2

0,1,8

1

 

 

 

 

65

2

0,1,8,9

1

 

 

 

 

66

2

2,3,10

1

 

 

 

 

67

2

2,3,10,11

1

 

 

 

 

[69

1

0,1,8

2]

 

 

 

 

[70

1

0,1,8,9

2]

 

 

 

 

[71

1

4,5,12

2]

 

 

 

 

[72

1

4,5,12,13

2]

 

 

 

 

[73

2

0,1,8

2]

 

 

 

 

[74

2

0,1,8,9

2]

 

 

 

 

[75

2

4,5,12

2]

 

 

 

 

[76

2

4,5,12,13

2]

 

 

 

 

[77

2

2,3,10

2]

 

 

 

 

[78

2

2,3,10,11

2]

 

 

 

 

[79

2

6,7,14

2]

 

 

 

 

[80

2

6,7,14,15

2]

 

 

 

 

[81

2

5,8,9

2]

 

 

 

 

[82

2

7,10,11

2]

 

 

 

 

[83

2

7,12,13

2]

 

 

 

 

 

Agreement

For the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType2 DMRS ports with maxLength = 1 for PDSCH, at least for S-TRP case, support all rows of DMRS port combinations and Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data in Table 7.3.1.2.2-3-X.

·        FFS: For rows 9, 10, 20-23, 33,34, 44-46, 60-62 (if agreed) in one CW, introduce MU-MIMO restriction (i.e. UE does not expect to be multiplexed with other DMRS ports in the same CDM group) or UE capability.

Table 7.3.1.2.2-3-X: Antenna port(s) (1000 + DMRS port), dmrs-Type=eType2, maxLength=1

One codeword:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 disabled

Two codewords:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 enabled

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

0

1

0

0

3

0-4

1

1

1

1

3

0-5

2

1

0,1

[2

3

12-16]

3

2

0

[3

3

12-17]

4

2

1

4

2

0,1,2,3,12

5

2

2

5

2

0,1,2,3,12,14

6

2

3

6

2

0-3,12-14

7

2

0,1

7

2

0-3,12-15

8

2

2,3

[8

3

0,1,2,3,12]

[9

2

0-2]

[9

3

0,1,2,3,12,14]

[10

2

0-3]

[10

3

0-3,12-14]

11

3

0

[11

3

0-3,12-15]

12

3

1

[12

2

0,2,3,12,13]

13

3

2

[13

2

0,1,2,3,14]

14

3

3

[14

2

0,1,12,2,3,14]

15

3

4

[15

2

0,1,12,2,3,14,15]

16

3

5

[16

2

0,1,12,13,2,3,14,15]

17

3

0,1

[17

3

0,1,2,3,14]

18

3

2,3

[18

3

0,1,12,2,3,14]

19

3

4,5

[19

3

0,1,12,2,3,14,15]

[20

3

0-2]

[20

3

0,1,12,13,2,3,14,15]

[21

3

3-5]

 

 

 

[22

3

0-3]

 

 

 

[23

2

0,2]

 

 

 

24

1

12

 

 

 

25

1

13

 

 

 

26

1

12,13

 

 

 

27

2

12

 

 

 

28

2

13

 

 

 

29

2

14

 

 

 

30

2

15

 

 

 

31

2

12,13

 

 

 

32

2

14,15

 

 

 

[33

2

12-14]

 

 

 

[34

2

12-15]

 

 

 

35

3

12

 

 

 

36

3

13

 

 

 

37

3

14

 

 

 

38

3

15

 

 

 

39

3

16

 

 

 

40

3

17

 

 

 

41

3

12,13

 

 

 

42

3

14,15

 

 

 

43

3

16,17

 

 

 

[44

3

12-14]

 

 

 

[45

3

15-17]

 

 

 

[46

3

12-15]

 

 

 

[47

2

12,14]

 

 

 

48

1

0,1,12

 

 

 

49

1

0,1,12,13

 

 

 

50

2

0,1,12

 

 

 

51

2

0,1,12,13

 

 

 

52

2

2,3,14

 

 

 

53

2

2,3,14,15

 

 

 

54

3

0,1,12

 

 

 

55

3

0,1,12,13

 

 

 

56

3

2,3,14

 

 

 

57

3

2,3,14,15

 

 

 

58

3

4,5,16

 

 

 

59

3

4,5,16,17

 

 

 

[60

3

13,15,17]

 

 

 

[61

3

13,15]

 

 

 

[62

2

13,15]

 

 

 

 

Agreement

For the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType2 DMRS ports with maxLength = 2 for PDSCH, at least for S-TRP case, support all rows of DMRS port combinations and Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data in Table 7.3.1.2.2-4-X.

·        FFS: For rows 9, 10, 20-23, 42-47, 67, 68, 78-80, 100-105, and 153-158 (if agreed) in one CW, introduce MU-MIMO restriction (i.e. UE does not expect to be multiplexed with other DMRS ports in the same CDM group) or UE capability.

Table 7.3.1.2.2-4-X: Antenna port(s) (1000 + DMRS port), dmrs-Type=eType2, maxLength=2

One codeword:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 disabled

Two Codewords:

Codeword 0 enabled,

Codeword 1 enabled

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

Number of front-load symbols

0

1

0

1

[0

3

0-4

1]

1

1

1

1

[1

3

0-5

1]

2

1

0,1

1

[2

2

0,1,2,3,6

2]

3

2

0

1

[3

2

0,1,2,3,6,8

2]

4

2

1

1

[4

2

0,1,2,3,6,7,8

2]

5

2

2

1

[5

2

0,1,2,3,6,7,8,9

2]

6

2

3

1

6

2

0,1,2,3,12

1

7

2

0,1

1

7

2

0-3,12,14

1

8

2

2,3

1

8

2

0-3,12-14

1

[9

2

0-2

1]

9

2

0-3,12-15

1

[10

2

0-3

1]

[10

3

0,1,2,3,12

1]

11

3

0

1

[11

3

0-3,12,14

1]

12

3

1

1

[12

3

0-3,12-14

1]

13

3

2

1

[13

3

0-3,12-15

1]

14

3

3

1

[14

1

0,1,6,7,12

2]

15

3

4

1

[15

1

0,1,6,7,12,18

2]

16

3

5

1

[16

1

0,1,6,7,12,13,18

2]

17

3

0,1

1

[17

1

0,1,6,7,12,13,18,19

2]

18

3

2,3

1

[18

2

0,1,6,7,12

2]

19

3

4,5

1

[19

2

0,1,6,7,12,18

2]

[20

3

0-2

1]

[20

2

0,1,6,7,12,13,18

2]

[21

3

3-5

1]

[21

2

0,1,6,7,12,13,18,19

2]

[22

3

0-3

1]

[22

2

2,3,8,9,14

2]

[23

2

0,2

1]

[23

2

2,3,8,9,14,20

2]

24

3

0

2

[24

2

2,3,8,9,14,15,20

2]

25

3

1

2

[25

2

2,3,8,9,14,15,20,21

2]

26

3

2

2

[26

3

0,1,6,7,12

2]

27

3

3

2

[27

3

0,1,6,7,12,18

2]

28

3

4

2

[28

3

0,1,6,7,12,13,18

2]

29

3

5

2

[29

3

0,1,6,7,12,13,18,19

2]

30

3

6

2

[30

3

2,3,8,9,14

2]

31

3

7

2

[31

3

2,3,8,9,14,20

2]

32

3

8

2

[32

3

2,3,8,9,14,15,20

2]

33

3

9

2

[33

3

2,3,8,9,14,15,20,21

2]

34

3

10

2

[34

3

4,5,10,11,16

2]

35

3

11

2

[35

3

4,5,10,11,16,22

2]

36

3

0,1

2

[36

3

4,5,10,11,16,17,22

2]

37

3

2,3

2

[37

3

4,5,10,11,16,17,22,23

2]

38

3

4,5

2

[38

2

0,1,2,3,14

1]

39

3

6,7

2

[39

2

0,1,12,2,3,14

1]

40

3

8,9

2

[40

2

0,1,12,2,3,14,15

1]

41

3

10,11

2

[41

2

0,1,12,13,2,3,14,15

1]

[42

3

0,1,6

2]

[42

3

0,1,2,3,14

1]

[43

3

2,3,8

2]

[43

3

0,1,12,2,3,14

1]

[44

3

4,5,10

2]

[44

3

0,1,12,2,3,14,15

1]

[45

3

0,1,6,7

2]

[45

3

0,1,12,13,2,3,14,15

1]

[46

3

2,3,8,9

2]

[46

1

0,1,6,7,18

2]

[47

3

4,5,10,11

2]

[47

1

0,1,12,6,7,18

2]

48

1

0

2

[48

1

0,1,12,6,7,18,19

2]

49

1

1

2

[49

1

0,1,12,13,6,7,18,19

2]

50

1

6

2

[50

2

0,1,6,7,18

2]

51

1

7

2

[51

2

0,1,12,6,7,18

2]

52

1

0,1

2

[52

2

0,1,12,6,7,18,19

2]

53

1

6,7

2

[53

2

0,1,12,13,6,7,18,19

2]

54

2

0,1

2

[54

2

2,3,8,9,20

2]

55

2

2,3

2

[55

2

2,3,14,8,9,20

2]

56

2

6,7

2

[56

2

2,3,14,8,9,20,21

2]

57

2

8,9

2

[57

2

2,3,14,15,8,9,20,21

2]

58

1

12

1

[58

3

0,1,6,7,18

2]

59

1

13

1

[59

3

0,1,12,6,7,18

2]

60

1

12,13

1

[60

3

0,1,12,6,7,18,19

2]

61

2

12

1

[61

3

0,1,12,13,6,7,18,19

2]

62

2

13

1

[62

3

2,3,8,9,20

2]

63

2

14

1

[63

3

2,3,14,8,9,20

2]

64

2

15

1

[64

3

2,3,14,8,9,20,21

2]

65

2

12,13

1

[65

3

2,3,14,15,8,9,20,21

2]

66

2

14,15

1

[66

3

4,5,10,11,22

2]

[67

2

12-14

1]

[67

3

4,5,16,10,11,22

2]

[68

2

12-15

1]

[68

3

4,5,16,10,11,22,23

2]

69

3

12

1

[69

3

4,5,16,17,10,11,22,23

2]

70

3

13

1

 

 

 

 

71

3

14

1

 

 

 

 

72

3

15

1

 

 

 

 

73

3

16

1

 

 

 

 

74

3

17

1

 

 

 

 

75

3

12,13

1

 

 

 

 

76

3

14,15

1

 

 

 

 

77

3

16,17

1

 

 

 

 

[78

3

12-14

1]

 

 

 

 

[79

3

15-17

1]

 

 

 

 

[80

3

12-15

1]

 

 

 

 

[81

2

12,14

1]

 

 

 

 

82

3

12

2

 

 

 

 

83

3

13

2

 

 

 

 

84

3

14

2

 

 

 

 

85

3

15

2

 

 

 

 

86

3

16

2

 

 

 

 

87

3

17

2

 

 

 

 

88

3

18

2

 

 

 

 

89

3

19

2

 

 

 

 

90

3

20

2

 

 

 

 

91

3

21

2

 

 

 

 

92

3

22

2

 

 

 

 

93

3

23

2

 

 

 

 

94

3

12,13

2

 

 

 

 

95

3

14,15

2

 

 

 

 

96

3

16,17

2

 

 

 

 

97

3

18,19

2

 

 

 

 

98

3

20,21

2

 

 

 

 

99

3

22,23

2

 

 

 

 

[100

3

12,13,18

2]

 

 

 

 

[101

3

14,15,20

2]

 

 

 

 

[102

3

16,17,22

2]

 

 

 

 

[103

3

12,13,18,19

2]

 

 

 

 

[104

3

14,15,20,21

2]

 

 

 

 

[105

3

16,17,22,23

2]

 

 

 

 

106

1

12

2

 

 

 

 

107

1

13

2

 

 

 

 

108

1

18

2

 

 

 

 

109

1

19

2

 

 

 

 

110

1

12,13

2

 

 

 

 

111

1

18,19

2

 

 

 

 

112

2

12,13

2

 

 

 

 

113

2

14,15

2

 

 

 

 

114

2

18,19

2

 

 

 

 

115

2

20,21

2

 

 

 

 

116

1

0,1,12

1

 

 

 

 

117

1

0,1,12,13

1

 

 

 

 

118

2

0,1,12

1

 

 

 

 

119

2

0,1,12,13

1

 

 

 

 

120

2

2,3,14

1

 

 

 

 

121

2

2,3,14,15

1

 

 

 

 

122

3

0,1,12

1

 

 

 

 

123

3

0,1,12,13

1

 

 

 

 

124

3

2,3,14

1

 

 

 

 

125

3

2,3,14,15

1

 

 

 

 

126

3

4,5,16

1

 

 

 

 

127

3

4,5,16,17

1

 

 

 

 

[129

1

0,1,12

2]

 

 

 

 

[130

1

0,1,12,13

2]

 

 

 

 

[131

1

6,7,18

2]

 

 

 

 

[132

1

6,7,18,19

2]

 

 

 

 

[133

2

0,1,12

2]

 

 

 

 

[134

2

0,1,12,13

2]

 

 

 

 

[135

2

6,7,18

2]

 

 

 

 

[136

2

6,7,18,19

2]

 

 

 

 

[137

2

2,3,14

2]

 

 

 

 

[138

2

2,3,14,15

2]

 

 

 

 

[139

2

8,9,20

2]

 

 

 

 

[140

2

8,9,20,21

2]

 

 

 

 

[141

3

0,1,12

2]

 

 

 

 

[142

3

0,1,12,13

2]

 

 

 

 

[143

3

6,7,18

2]

 

 

 

 

[144

3

6,7,18,19

2]

 

 

 

 

[145

3

2,3,14

2]

 

 

 

 

[146

3

2,3,14,15

2]

 

 

 

 

[147

3

8,9,20

2]

 

 

 

 

[148

3

8,9,20,21

2]

 

 

 

 

[149

3

4,5,16

2]

 

 

 

 

[150

3

4,5,16,17

2]

 

 

 

 

[151

3

10,11,22

2]

 

 

 

 

[152

3

10,11,22,23

2]

 

 

 

 

[153

3

7,12,13

2]

 

 

 

 

[154

3

9,14,15

2]

 

 

 

 

[155

3

11,16,17

2]

 

 

 

 

[156

3

9,18,19

2]

 

 

 

 

[157

3

18,19,20

2]

 

 

 

 

[158

3

21,22,23

2]

 

 

 

 

 

Conclusion

No consensus to support MAC CE based switching between Rel.15 DMRS ports and Rel.18 DMRS ports for PDSCH.

 

Agreement

For Rel.18 eType1/eType2 DMRS ports with maxLength=1/2 for PDSCH/PUSCH, if Rel.18 eType1/eType2 DMRS ports is configured by RRC, the DCI size of antenna ports field in DCI format 1_1/1_2/0_1/0_2 is increased by at least 1-bit from Rel.17.

·        Note: it does not preclude future possibility to support more than 1-bit, if RAN1 agree the necessity.

Agreement

For RAN1#112 agreement of the antenna ports indication in Rel.18 eType1 DMRS ports with maxLength = 1 for PUSCH.

·        Support row 7 for rank2, row1 for rank3, row 1 for rank4.

Table 7.3.1.1.2-9-X: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= eType1, maxLength=1, rank = 2

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

7

2

9,11

Table 7.3.1.1.2-10-X: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= eType1, maxLength=1, rank = 3

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

1

2

8-10

Table 7.3.1.1.2-11-X: Antenna port(s), transform precoder is disabled, dmrs-Type= eType1, maxLength=1, rank = 4

Value

Number of DMRS CDM group(s) without data

DMRS port(s)

1

2

8-11

 

Agreement

For two PTRS ports for partial/non-coherent PUSCH, PTRS-DMRS association for PUSCH with up to 8 layers is down selected from the following.

·        Alt.1: The size of PTRS-DMRS association field is 4-bit in DCI format 0_1/0_2.

Table 1: PTRS-DMRS association for UL PTRS ports 0 and 1

Value of MSB

DMRS port

Value of LSB

DMRS port

0

1st DMRS port which shares PTRS port 0

0

1st DMRS port which shares PTRS port 1

1

2nd DMRS port which shares PTRS port 0

1

2nd DMRS port which shares PTRS port 1

2

3rd DMRS port which shares PTRS port 0

2

3rd DMRS port which shares PTRS port 1

3

4th DMRS port which shares PTRS port 0

3

4th DMRS port which shares PTRS port 1

o   If the MCS is the same for two CWs, the PTRS port is associated with the first CW.

Table 2: PTRS-DMRS association for UL PTRS ports 0 and 1

Value of MSB

DMRS port

Value of LSB

DMRS port

0

1st DMRS port which shares PTRS port 0

0

1st DMRS port which shares PTRS port 1

1

2nd DMRS port which shares PTRS port 0

1

2nd DMRS port which shares PTRS port 1

o   For PUSCH with rank 5-8, 2-bit of antenna ports field is reused in addition to 2-bit PTRS-DMRS association in DCI format 0_1/0_2, and total 4-bit is used for PTRS-DMRS association.

Table 1: PTRS-DMRS association for UL PTRS ports 0 and 1

Value of MSB

DMRS port

Value of LSB

DMRS port

0

1st DMRS port which shares PTRS port 0

0

1st DMRS port which shares PTRS port 1

1

2nd DMRS port which shares PTRS port 0

1

2nd DMRS port which shares PTRS port 1

2

3rd DMRS port which shares PTRS port 0

2

3rd DMRS port which shares PTRS port 1

3

4th DMRS port which shares PTRS port 0

3

4th DMRS port which shares PTRS port 1

·        Alt.4: The size of PTRS-DMRS association field is 2-bit in DCI format 0_1/0_2.

Table 2: PTRS-DMRS association for UL PTRS ports 0 and 1

Value of MSB

DMRS port

Value of LSB

DMRS port

0

1st DMRS port which shares PTRS port 0

0

1st DMRS port which shares PTRS port 1

1

2nd DMRS port which shares PTRS port 0

1

2nd DMRS port which shares PTRS port 1

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 26th,

Conclusion

For MU-MIMO within a CDM group between Rel.15 DMRS ports and Rel.18 DMRS ports,

·        For PUSCH, there is no restriction.

Agreement

For partial/non-coherent PUSCH with rank=5-8 transmission (i.e. non of the CWs is disabled) with one PTRS port, PTRS-DMRS association for PUSCH is the following.

Table 7.3.1.1.2-25: PTRS-DMRS association for UL PTRS port 0

Value

DMRS port

0

1st scheduled DMRS port with the CW

1

2nd scheduled DMRS port with the CW

2

3rd scheduled DMRS port with the CW

3

4th scheduled DMRS port with the CW

 

Conclusion

For “The CW with the higher MCS” in RAN1#112 agreement of PTRS-DMRS association field for full-coherent PUSCH with rank=5~8 PUSCH with one port PTRS, following is clarified.

·        Note: in case of PUSCH retransmission, the initial MCS is used for CW selection.

 

 

Final summary in:

R1-2303885         FL summary#2 on DMRS Moderator (NTT DOCOMO)

9.1.3.2       SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation

R1-2302303         Enhancements on SRS for CJT and 8TX UEs              InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2302314         SRS enhancements for TDD CJT and 8TX operation FUTUREWEI

R1-2302374         Discussion on SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and UL 8Tx operation in Rel-18               Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2302420         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       ZTE

R1-2302473         Further discussion on SRS enhancements     vivo

R1-2302536         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       OPPO

R1-2302580         Discussions on SRS enhancement in Rel-18 New H3C Technologies Co., Ltd.

R1-2302589         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2302684         Discussion on Rel-18 SRS enhancement       CATT

R1-2302727         Discussion of SRS enhancement     Lenovo

R1-2302776         On SRS enhancements targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation              Oy LM Ericsson AB

R1-2302784         Discussion on SRS enhancement in Rel-18   Intel Corporation

R1-2302963         Discussion on SRS enhancements   Xiaomi

R1-2303009         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8Tx operation    Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2303046         On SRS Enhancement       Google

R1-2303072         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       LG Electronics

R1-2303116         Views on SRS enhancements          Samsung

R1-2303170         Views on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation     KDDI Corporation

R1-2303181         SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation       Sharp

R1-2303192         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT  ETRI

R1-2303220         Discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation               CMCC

R1-2303471         Views on Rel-18 MIMO SRS enhancement  Apple

R1-2303577         SRS enhancement for TDD CJT and 8 Tx operation   Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2303679         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NEC

R1-2303701         Discussion on SRS enhancement    NTT DOCOMO, INC.

 

[112bis-e-R18-MIMO-05] – Jialing (Futurewei)

Email discussion on SRS enhancement targeting TDD CJT and 8 TX operation by April 26th

-        Check points: April 21, April 26

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 19th,

Agreement

For an 8-port SRS resource in a SRS resource set with usage ‘codebook’ or ‘antennaSwitching’, when the 8 ports are mapped onto one or more OFDM symbols using legacy schemes (repetition, frequency hopping, partial sounding, or a combination thereof), and when the resource is assigned with >1 comb offsets, determine the mapping from the ports to comb offsets as follows:

·        If =2, ports {1000, 1002, 1004, 1006} are mapped on the first comb offset, and {1001, 1003, 1005, 1007} on the second comb offset

·        If =4, ports {1000, 1004} are mapped on the first comb offset, {1001, 1005} on the second comb offset, {1002, 1006} on the third comb offset, and {1003, 1007} on the fourth comb offset.

 

Agreement

For an 8-port SRS resource in a SRS resource set with usage ‘codebook’ or ‘antennaSwitching’, when the 8 ports are mapped onto one or more OFDM symbols using legacy schemes (repetition, frequency hopping, partial sounding, or a combination thereof), and when the resource is configured with comb  and with maximum  cyclic shifts per comb offset, the number of comb offset(s) and the cyclic shift locations are determined based on the one RRC configured cyclic shift location  as follows:

·      If , then 1 comb offset is used, otherwise 2 comb offsets are used.

·      The 8 cyclic shift locations for the 8 ports are {) mod ) mod , reusing the existing equation  in 38.211 6.4.1.4.2.

 

R1-2304010        FL Summary #1 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (Futurewei)

From April 19th GTW session

Agreement

For a SRS resource configured with comb offset hopping and/or cyclic shift hopping,

 

Agreement

For an 8-port SRS resource in a SRS resource set with usage ‘codebook’ or ‘antennaSwitching’ and resource mapping based on TDM onto m ≥ 2 OFDM symbols in a slot and with TDM factor s, the s subsets of ports are mapped cyclically as {{1, 2, …, s}, …, {1, 2, …, s}} on the m OFDM symbols.

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 22nd,

Conclusion

No consensus on enhanced per-TRP power control and/or power control of one SRS towards to multiple TRPs in Rel-18.

 

 

R1-2304011        FL Summary #2 on SRS enhancements     Moderator (FUTUREWEI)

From April 25th GTW session

Agreement

For SRS comb offset hopping and/or cyclic shift hopping, for a SRS resource, the hopping pattern initialization ID determined by , where  is a new ID for cyclic shift hopping and/or comb offset hopping.

·        The range of the new ID is from 0 to 1023

Agreement

For a SRS resource configured with comb offset hopping, if the repetition factor R > 1, within a slot, the time-domain hopping behavior depends on the OFDM symbol index l' of each symbol or the first symbol across the R repetitions based on RRC configuration, and FFS configuration details.

·        UE can indicate whether it supports one or both the options. Details to be discussed in UE feature.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 25th,

Agreement

For SRS comb offset hopping / cyclic shift hopping, support reinitialization at the beginning of every N radio frame(s), where N ≥ 1.

·        FFS: N is fixed or configurable.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 26th,

Agreement

For an 8-port SRS resource in a SRS resource set with usage ‘codebook’ or ‘antennaSwitching’, when the 8 ports are mapped onto one or more OFDM symbols using legacy schemes (repetition, frequency hopping, partial sounding, or a combination thereof), and when the resource is assigned with comb 4 or comb 8, decide one of the following options:

 

Agreement

For an 8-port SRS resource in a SRS resource set with usage ‘codebook’ or ‘antennaSwitching’ and resource mapping based on TDM with TDM factor s, when the s subsets of ports are mapped onto m ≥ 2 OFDM symbols in a slot according to the pattern {{1, 2, …, s}, …, {1, 2, …, s}} (totally m/s groups of {1, 2, …, s}), the SRS transmissions within each of the m/s groups of {1, 2, …, s} use the same set of subcarriers. If consecutive groups of {1, 2, …, s} are configured as repetition, then the SRS transmissions of the consecutive groups use the same set of subcarriers.

·        Note: applicable to the SRS resource with or without FH/RPFS.

·        FFS the scenario where comb offset hopping is configured for the SRS resource.

Agreement

For an 8-port SRS resource in a SRS resource set with usage ‘codebook’ or ‘antennaSwitching’ and with TDM factor s > 1, when the s subsets of ports are mapped onto m ≥ 2 OFDM symbols in a slot according to the pattern {{1, 2, …, s}, …, {1, 2, …, s}} (totally m/s groups of {1, 2, …, s}), and when the SRS transmission on a subset of the s OFDM symbols within a group of {1, 2, …, s} is dropped, study at least the following solutions:

·        Whether or not a UE drops the SRS transmission on the rest of OFDM symbols within the group of {1, 2, …, s}, based on, for example, the usage, coherency, and/or repetition configuration.

·        Whether or not a UE changes the transmission order of the subsets of ports.

Agreement

Whether SRS comb offset hopping can be combined with one of group / sequence hopping on a SRS resource depends on UE feature/capability design.

 

 

Final summary in R1-2304012.

9.1.4        Enhanced uplink transmission

9.1.4.1       UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission

R1-2302304         Discussion on Multi-panel Uplink Transmission         InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2302375         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2302397         UL Precoding for Multi-panel Transmission Panasonic

R1-2302421         Enhancements on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission              ZTE

R1-2302474         Further discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission        vivo

R1-2302537         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     OPPO

R1-2302590         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2302685         Further discussion on enhancements on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission        CATT

R1-2302728         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Lenovo

R1-2302775         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Oy LM Ericsson AB

R1-2302785         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission Intel Corporation

R1-2302902         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     Fujitsu

R1-2302964         Enhancements on multi-panel uplink transmission      Xiaomi

R1-2303010         Precoder Indication for Multi-Panel UL Transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2303047         On Simultaneous Multi-Panel Transmission Google

R1-2303066         Views on UL multi-panel transmission         Sharp

R1-2303073         UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission LG Electronics

R1-2303117         Views on UL precoding indication for STxMP            Samsung

R1-2303221         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     CMCC

R1-2303361         Simultaneous transmission across multiple UE panels MediaTek Inc.

R1-2303406         Discussion on simultaneous transmission on multiple panels    FGI

R1-2303472         Views on UL precoding indication for multi-panel simultaneous PUSCH transmissions       Apple

R1-2303578         Simultaneous multi-panel transmission         Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2303667         Discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel transmission     NEC

R1-2303702         Discussion on multi-panel transmission        NTT DOCOMO, INC.

R1-2303818         Discussion on UCI multiplexing regarding STxMP     ASUSTeK

 

[112bis-e-R18-MIMO-06] – Li (OPPO)

Email discussion on UL precoding indication for multi-panel TX by April 26th

-        Check points: April 21, April 26

R1-2303906        Summary #1 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

From April 19th GTW session

Agreement

The codepoints of “SRS resource set indicator” in DCI for dynamic switching between STxMP SDM and sTRP transmission are interpreted and the SRI/TPMI fields are designed as follows:

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 20th,

Agreement

The codepoints of “SRS resource set indicator” in DCI for dynamic switching between STxMP SFN and sTRP transmission are interpreted and the design of SRI/TPMI fields are as follows:

 

Agreement

For STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH transmission in multi-DCI based system:

 

 

R1-2303906         Summary #1 on Rel-18 STxMP       Moderator (OPPO)

R1-2303907        Summary #2 on Rel-18 STxMP    Moderator (OPPO)

From April 25th GTW session

Proposal 1.3:

For whether/how to enable that the maximal total number of used PUSCH antenna ports for the STxMP SDM/SFN and sTRP is the same,

Objected by MediaTek

 

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 26th,

Agreement

Enhance the Rel-17 group-based beam L1-RSRP reporting to support STxMP-based transmission and down-select one in RAN1#113 meeting:

·        Alt1: In each reported pair of CRIs or SSBRIs, the UL Tx spatial filters determined from the reported pair of CRIs or SSBRIs can be applied simultaneously, and the reported pair of CRIs or SSBRIs can be received simultaneously.

·        Alt2: In each reported pair of CRIs or SSBRIs, the UL Tx spatial filters determined from the reported pair of CRIs or SSBRIs can be applied simultaneously.

·        Alt3: In each reported pair of CRIs or SSBRIs, UE indicates if the UL Tx spatial filters determined from the reported pair of CRIs or SSBRIs can be applied simultaneously, and/or if the reported pair of CRIs or SSBRIs can be received simultaneously.

o   FFS: Introduce an indicator to support the above, and the number of bits and interpretation of each codepoint of the indicator

Conclusion

FFS: whether/how to support two different configurations with regards to full power mode and antenna port coherency type among SRS resource sets.

 

Agreement

For case that one PUCCH overlaps with two overlapped PUSCHs in multi-DCI based STxMP PUSCH+PUSCH, down-select one for the UCI multiplexing:

9.1.4.22       SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission

To support up to 4 or more layers per UE in UL targeting CPE/FWA/vehicle/industrial devices.

 

R1-2302305         Further Discussion on 8TX UE Operations   InterDigital, Inc.

R1-2302310         Recommended Direction on SRITPMI Enhancements for RAN1#113   Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)

R1-2302376         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Huawei, HiSilicon

R1-2302422         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    ZTE

R1-2303891         Further discussion on enabling 8 TX UL transmission vivo       (rev of R1-2302475)

R1-2302538         SRI TPMI enhancement for 8 TX UL transmission    OPPO

R1-2302591         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Spreadtrum Communications

R1-2302686         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for 8TX UL transmission           CATT

R1-2302729         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8TX UL transmission     Lenovo

R1-2302786         Discussion on enhancement for 8Tx UL transmission Intel Corporation

R1-2302840         Considerations on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               Sony

R1-2302965         Enhancements on 8Tx uplink transmission   Xiaomi

R1-2303011         UL enhancements for enabling 8Tx UL transmission Nokia, Nokia Shanghai Bell

R1-2303048         On SRI/TPMI Indication for 8Tx Transmission          Google

R1-2303067         Views on 8 TX UL transmission     Sharp

R1-2303074         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission    LG Electronics

R1-2303902         Views on TPMI/SRI enhancements for 8Tx UL transmission   Samsung              (rev of R1-2303118)

R1-2303222         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               CMCC

R1-2303330         SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 Tx UL transmission     MediaTek Inc.

R1-2303407         Discussion on SRI/TPMI Enhancements for 8 TX UL Transmission      FGI

R1-2303420         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission               KDDI Corporation

R1-2303473         Views on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL transmission  Apple

R1-2303579         Enhancements for 8 Tx UL transmissions     Qualcomm Incorporated

R1-2303954         SRI/TPMI Enhancement for Enabling 8 TX UL Transmission Ericsson (rev of R1-2303660)

R1-2303680         Discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement         NEC

R1-2303703         Discussion on 8 TX UL transmission            NTT DOCOMO, INC.

 

[112bis-e-R18-MIMO-07] – Afshin (InterDigital)

Email discussion on SRI/TPMI enhancement for enabling 8 TX UL by April 26

-        Check points: April 21, April 26

R1-2302306         FL Summary SRI/TPMI Enhancements; Preparatory  Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)

R1-2302307        FL Summary SRI/TPMI Enhancements; First Round         Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)

From April 17th GTW session

Conclusion

For fully coherent uplink precoding by an 8TX UE, based on NR Rel-15 single panel DL Type I codebook (CodebookMode=1), there is no consensus to support any optional over-sampling ratio.

 

Working Assumption

For partially coherent uplink precoding by an 8TX UE, Ng=2,

·        At least the following combinations of layer splitting are supported

o   FFS: For rank>4, all the layers for each CW is mapped to only one antenna group

Rank

All layers in one Antenna Group

Layers split across 2 Antenna Groups

2

(2,0), (0,2)

-          

2

-          

(1,1)

3

(3,0), (0,3)

-          

3

-          

(1,2), (2,1)

4

(4,0), (0,4)

-          

4

-          

(2,2)

5

-          

(2,3), (3,2)

6

-          

(3,3)

7

-          

(3,4), (4,3)

 

Agreement

To configure PUSCH transmission by an 8TX UE,

·        Alt2: Max number of MIMO layers is RRC configured by extending the range of the legacy parameter maxRank and maxMIMO-Layers to 8

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 20th,

Agreement

To support dual CW PUSCH operation by an 8TX UE , if CBG-based transmission is configured, the DL principle for CBGTI DCI field is reused where,

·        The first half of CBGTI field bits is used to indicate the transmission state of CBGs of the first transport block, while the second half of CBGTI field bits is used to indicate the transmission state of CBGs of the second transport block.

·        The bit field may be configured to have a length of N bits that can support operation of N/2 CBGs , where N=[2, 4, 6 or 8].

Agreement

Framework for full power PUSCH transmission by an 8TX UE

·        To support full power transmission with Mode0, Rel-16 Mode0 (fullPower ) is re-used.

o   FFS if any change is required in the specifications.

·        [Working Assumption] To support full power transmission with Mode1, Rel-16 Mode1 (fullPowerMode1) is re-used.

o   FFS if more than one of the 8TX full coherent precoders is used per rank.

·        [Working Assumption] To support full power transmission with Mode2, Rel-16 Mode2 (fullPowerMode2) is re-used.

o   FFS definition of precoder groups (G0, G1, …)

o   FFS enhancements for SRS configuration

Agreement

For 8TX UE supporting dual CW PUSCH (Maximum number of layers configured for the UE is larger than 4)

·        Alt1 – DL principle is reused for disabling transmission of a transport block, where

o   The combination of IMCS = 26 and rvid = 1 indicated for a CW is used as an indication to disable (when transmission rank<=4) transmission of its corresponding TB

o   The enabled transport block is mapped to the first CW.

o   Note: When the transmission of a transport block is disabled, the number of layers is ≤ 4.

o   Note: the first CW refers to the enabled CW.

 

R1-2302308        FL Summary SRI/TPMI Enhancements; Second Round     Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)

From April 21st GTW session

Agreement

For partially coherent uplink precoding by an 8TX UE codebook, Ng=4, Alt1 is supported where

 

Agreement

For partially coherent uplink precoding by an 8TX UE codebook, Ng=4,

·        The following rank and layer splitting cases are supported,

Rank

All layers in one Antenna Group

Layers split across 4 Antenna Groups

1

(1,0,0,0), (0,1,0,0), (0,0,1,0), (0,0,0,1)

-          

2

(2,0,0,0), (0,2,0,0), (0,0,2,0), (0,0,0,2)

-          

2

-          

Transmission by 2 of the 4 antenna groups:

(1,1,0,0), (1,0,1,0), (1,0,0,1)

(0,1,1,0), (0,1,0,1), (0,0,1,1)

4

-          

(1,1,1,1)

4

-          

Transmission by 2 of the 4 antenna groups:

(2,2,0,0), (2,0,2,0), (2,0,0,2)

(0,2,2,0), (0,2,0,2), (0,0,2,2)

8

-          

(2, 2, 2, 2)

Note: Above is not relevant to how precoders are indicated.

 

Agreement

For non-coherent uplink precoding with rank≤8 by an 8TX UE, down-select from

·        Alt1. – All 255 combinations from 8 non-coherent rank1 precoders are supported

·        Alt2. – Only a subset of Alt1. is supported, striving for a substantial reduction in the number of precoders

 

R1-2302309        FL Summary SRI/TPMI Enhancements; Third Round        Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)

From April 25th GTW session

Agreement

For partially coherent uplink precoding by an 8TX UE codebook, Ng=4,

·        In addition to the previously agreed cases, down-select from the rank and layer splitting cases listed below

Rank

All layers in one Antenna Group

Layers split across 4 Antenna Groups

(All possible permutations)

3

-          

Transmission by 2 of the 4 antenna groups:

(2,1,0,0), (2,0,1,0), (2,0,0,1), (0,2,1,0), (0,2,0,1), (0,0,2,1),

(1,2,0,0), (1,0,2,0), (1,0,0,2), (0,1,2,0), (0,1,0,2), (0,0,1,2)

 

Transmission by 3 of the 4 antenna groups:

(1,1,1,0), (1,1,0,1), (1,0,1,1), (0,1,1,1)

4

-          

Transmission by 3 of the 4 antenna groups:

(2,1,1,0), (0,2,1,1), (1,0,2,1), (1,1,0,2)

(1,2,1,0), (1,1,2,0), (0,1,2,1), (0,1,1,2), (1,0,1,2), (2,0,1,1), (2,1,0,1), (1,2,0,1)

5

-          

Transmission by 3 of the antenna groups:

(2,2,1,0), (2,2,0,1), (2,0,2,1), (0,2,2,1), 

(2,1,2,0), (1,2,2,0), (2,1,0,2), (1,2,0,2), (2,0,1,2), (1,0,2,2), (0,2,1,2), (0,1,2,2)

 

Transmission by 4 of the 4 antenna groups:

(1,1,2,1), (1,1,1,2), (2,1,1,1), (1,2,1,1)

6

-          

Transmission by 3 of the 4 antenna groups:

(2,2,2,0), (2,2,0,2), (2,0,2,2), (0,2,2,2)

 

Transmission by 4 of the 4 antenna groups:

(2,1,2,1), (1,2,1,2), (1,2,2,1), (2,1,1,2), (2,2,1,1), (1,1,2,2

7

-          

Transmission by 4 of the 4 antenna groups:

(2,1,2,2), {(2,2,2,1), (1,2,2,2), (2,2,1,2)

 

Agreement

For NCB-based 8TX PUSCH transmission with , where  is the number of configured single-port SRS resources in a resource set,

 

Agreement

To support UCI multiplexing on PUSCH for transmission with rank>4 by an 8TX UE, UCI is always multiplexed only on one of the scheduled CWs

·        Alt2: The CW with the higher MCS index (if MCS indices are the same, UCI is multiplex on the first CW)

o   Note: in case of PUSCH retransmission, the initial MCS is used for CW selection.

 

Decision: As per email decision posted on April 27th,

Agreement

For partially coherent 8TX precoding with Ng =2, the precoder is based on up to two full-coherent 4TX precoders. Down-select one of the following options for precoder indication,

·        Option 3 – Up to two 4TX TPMIs are indicated,

o   When two TMPIs are indicated, the first is applied on one of antenna group, and the second is applied on the other antenna group,

o   FFS : details of TPMI indication when one antenna group is used

·        Option 4 – A single 8TX TPMI is indicated

·        Other options are not precluded

 

Agreement

For codebook -based 8TX PUSCH transmission, down-select from,

·        Alt1

o   A fully-coherent UE (Ng =1) can be configured with precoders considered for at least one or more Ng cases, i.e., Ng =1, 2, 4, 8

§  FFS which combinations of Ng value(s), to be considered

o   A partially-coherent UE , with Ng =2 can be configured with precoders considered for at least one or more Ng cases, i.e., Ng =2, 4, 8

§  FFS which combinations of Ng value(s), to be considered

o   A partially-coherent UE , with Ng =4, can be configured with precoders considered for at least one or more  Ng cases, i.e., Ng= 4, 8

§  FFS which combinations of Ng value(s), if any, to be considered

o   A non-coherent UE , Ng =8, can only be configured with precoders considered for Ng = 8

·        Alt2

o   A fully-coherent UE (Ng =1) can only be configured with precoders considered for one of Ng cases, i.e., Ng =1, 2, 4, 8

§  FFS which Ng value(s), to be considered

o   A partially-coherent UE , with Ng =2, can only be configured with precoders considered for one of Ng cases, i.e., Ng =2, 4, 8

§  FFS which Ng value(s), to be considered

o   A partially-coherent UE , with Ng =4, can only be configured with precoders considered for one of Ng cases, i.e., Ng =4, 8

§  FFS which Ng value(s), to be considered

o   A non-coherent UE , with Ng =8, can only be configured with precoders considered for Ng = 8

o   FFS whether/how the configuration can be done via RRC or MAC-CE.

·        Alt3

o   A fully-coherent UE (Ng =1) can only be configured with precoders considered for Ng =1

o   A partially-coherent UE , with Ng =2, can only use precoders considered for Ng =2

o   A partially-coherent UE , with Ng =4, can only use precoders considered for Ng =4

o   A non-coherent UE , with Ng =8, can only use precoders considered for Ng = 8

·        Other alternatives are not precluded

Note: For an 8TX UE, Ng =8 can represent a non-coherent UE.

 

 

R1-2302310        Recommended Direction on SRITPMI Enhancements for RAN1#113               Moderator (InterDigital, Inc.)